TW200903161A - Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, separation wall and method of producing the same, substrate with separation wall, color filter and method of producing the same, and display apparatus - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, separation wall and method of producing the same, substrate with separation wall, color filter and method of producing the same, and display apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200903161A
TW200903161A TW97106174A TW97106174A TW200903161A TW 200903161 A TW200903161 A TW 200903161A TW 97106174 A TW97106174 A TW 97106174A TW 97106174 A TW97106174 A TW 97106174A TW 200903161 A TW200903161 A TW 200903161A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
photosensitive resin
fluorine
substrate
wall
Prior art date
Application number
TW97106174A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Daisuke Arioka
Daisuke Kashiwagi
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2007047393A external-priority patent/JP2008208253A/en
Priority claimed from JP2007092892A external-priority patent/JP2008250102A/en
Priority claimed from JP2007093706A external-priority patent/JP2008250155A/en
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW200903161A publication Critical patent/TW200903161A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/22Esters containing halogen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0046Photosensitive materials with perfluoro compounds, e.g. for dry lithography
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides: a photosensitive resin composition from which release of a fluorine-containing compound component is suppressed upon heat treatment; a photosensitive transfer material using the composition; a separation wall using the photosensitive resin composition or the photosensitive transfer material, and a method of producing the separation wall; a substrate provided with the separation wall; a color filter using the separation wall and a method of producing the color filter; and a display apparatus using the color filter. The photosensitive resin composition includes an initiator, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and a fluorine-containing compound, in which the mass of the fluorine-containing compound decreases due to heat by 30% by mass or less when the composition is heated at 150 DEG C for 30 minutes.

Description

200903161 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明關於感光性樹脂組成物、使用其的感光彳生轉印 材料、離畫壁及其形成方法、附有離畫壁之基板、彩色濾 光片與其製法及顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 近年來’個人電腦用液晶顯不器、液晶彩色電視的需 要係有增加的傾向,對於如此的顯示器中不可欠缺的彩色 濾光片之特性提高及成本降低的要求係增高。 目前’作爲彩色濾光片的製造方法,實施染色法、顏 料分散法、電沈積法、印刷法等。 例如,染色法係於透明基板上形成染色用的材料之水 溶性高分子材料層,藉由微影步驟將其圖案化成所欲的形 狀後’將所得到的圖案浸漬在染色浴中以得到著色圖案。 藉由重複此步驟3次,可形成由R(紅)、G(綠)、B(藍)的3 色著色部所成的著色層。 又’顏料分散法係近年盛行的方法,爲藉由在透明基 板上形成分散有顏料的感光性樹脂層,將其圖案化可得到 單色的圖案。藉由重複此步驟3次,可形成由R、G、B的 3色著色部所成的著色層。 另外’電沈積法係爲在透明基板上將透明電極圖案化 ,浸漬於加有顏料、樹脂、電解液等的電沈積塗裝液中, 以將第一色電沈積者。藉由重複此步驟3次,可得到由R 、G、B的3色著色部所成的著色層,最後作煆燒。 200903161 印刷法係爲在熱硬化型的樹脂中分散顏料,藉由重複 印刷3次,分別塗布R、G、b後,使樹脂熱硬化而形成著 色層者。 此寺方法爲了形成紅色、綠色、藍色的3色畫素,皆 必須重複同一步驟3次’成本高爲共通點。又,由於步驟 數多’亦有產率容易降低的問題。 爲了克服此等’近年來檢討以顏料分散法來形成黑色 矩陣(離畫壁),以噴墨法來製作RGB畫素的彩色濾光片製 法。該噴墨方式係在黑色矩陣(離畫壁)的凹部依序給予R 、G、B各色’以形成畫素。利用噴墨方式的方法,係有 -製程簡單且低成本的優點。 又’噴墨方式係不限於彩色濾光片的製造,亦可應用 於電致發光元件等其它光學元件的製造。 於前述噴墨法中,必須防止毗鄰的畫素區域間之印墨 混色等的發生、或指定區域以外的部分中ITO溶液或金屬 溶液凝固而附著的現象。因此,要求隔壁(離畫壁)具有排 斥噴墨的吐出液之水或有機溶劑等的性質,即所謂的撥水 、撥油性。 作爲用於形成如此的隔壁(離畫壁)之樹脂,有揭示一種 塗覆用組成物,其包含將含有具氟烷基的乙烯系單體的單 體組成物聚合而得之乙烯系聚合物、感光性樹脂及有機溶 劑,前述乙烯系聚合物係含有0.1〜5質量%的氟原子之聚 合物(例如參照特開平9-54432號公報)° 作爲賦予撥水、撥油性的技術,例如有揭示將含有具 200903161 氟烷基的乙烯系單體之單體組成物聚合而得之乙燦 物、或六氟丙烯等的乙烯系單體與具有3個以上的 其它乙烯系單體的共聚合物(例如參照專利文獻1、 獻2)。又,有揭示一種光阻組成物,其包含將含有 4〜6的氟烷基之乙烯系單體的單體組成物聚合而得 系聚合物、感光體,前述乙烯系聚合物的氟原子含 7〜35質量%(例如參照專利文獻3)。 又,作爲附有含撥墨劑的黑色矩陣之基板的製 ,有藉由控制黑色矩陣的熱硬化溫度或熱硬化時間 色矩陣的上頂部對於著色印墨的接觸角控制在30°〃 技術(例如參照專利文獻4)。 另一方面,有揭示於具有溴乙酸單元的樹脂 3級胺的水溶性感光性樹脂之例(例如參照專利文獻 然而,於使用內加有撥墨劑的感光性樹脂組成 成黑色矩陣時,含有含氟化合物的黑色矩陣,一般 化後爲了撥墨化及硬化等,而施予烘烤處理等的高 ,故黑色矩陣所圍繞的畫素形成區域即到玻璃面爲 撥墨化,於給予著色畫素形成用的印墨時,有玻璃 印墨,無法形成所欲品質的著色畫素’進而無法形 濾光片的問題。 又,就專利文獻6中所記載的共聚合物之配合 成的組成物而言,由其所形成的塗膜之撥水撥油性 的傾向。再者,就專利文獻3中所記載的乙烯系聚 言,顯像液耐性及顯像時的密接性有不足的傾向。 系聚合 酯基之 專利文 具碳數 之乙烯 有率爲 造方法 ,將黑 -60。的 附加有 5) ° 物來形 在圖案 溫處理 止係被 會排斥 成彩色 比例所 有不足 合物而 200903161 [專利文獻1]特開2004-273 3號公報 [專利文獻2]特開平3 -244604號公報 [專利文獻3]特開2005-3 1 5 984號公報 [專利文獻4]特開2006-25 1 43 3號公報 [專利文獻5]特開昭6 1 - 1 74202號公報 [專利文獻6]特開平9- 5 443 2號公報 【發明內容】 發明所欲解決的問顕 本發明於某一態樣中,課題爲提供於成爲圖案畫像(例 如離畫壁)時,可邊保持該圖案畫像上面(與基板的接觸面 之相反側的露出面)的撥水性及撥墨性,邊良好地保持該圖 .案畫像與形成有該圖案畫像的基板之密接性,而且於熱處 理時,含氟化合物成分(含分解成分)的放出經抑制的感光 性樹脂組成物。 又,本發明於某一態樣中,課題爲提供可邊保持所轉 印形成的圖案畫像(例如離畫壁)之上面的撥水性及撥墨性 U ,邊良好地保持該圖案畫像與形成有該圖案畫像的基板之 密接性,塗布時排斥(不沾)的發生經抑制的具有均勻感光 性樹脂層的感光性轉印材料。 還有,本發明於某一態樣中,課題爲提供可邊保持著 色液體所給予的區域之潤濕性’邊形成具有撥墨性、抑制 所給予的著色液體之蔓延的離畫壁之離畫壁形成方法’及 由該形成方法所形成的離畫壁以及其製造方法。 另外,於本發明的某一態樣中,課題爲提供於具有撥 200903161 s性的離畫壁間之凹部給予著色液體時,抑制著色液體的 «延’同時保持離畫壁間的著色液體所給予的區域之潤濕 性的附有離畫壁之基板。 又’本發明於某一態樣中,課題爲提供混色、泛白、 &景^像顯示時的顯示不均經抑制的高品位彩色濾光片及其 製造方法。 再者’本發明於某一態樣中,課題爲提供顯示不均經 抑制的可顯示高品位影像的顯示裝置。 解決問顕的丰段 本發明係得到以下知識,及以該知識爲基礎而達成者 -。即,使用內加有撥墨劑的樹脂組成物,預先形成黑色矩 •陣等的圖案後,若對該圖案施予烘烤處理等的高溫處理(例 如1 5 0°c以上),則圖案中所含有之從含氟化合物而來的成 分流出到系外而附著於基板面,使給予基板面的印墨之潤 濕性有降低的傾向,但特定的含氟化合物係可抑制對黑色 矩陣形成後的基板面之附著。 爲了達成前述課題,具體的手段係如以下。 (1) 一種感光性樹脂組成物’其含有引發劑、乙烯性不 飽和化合物、及含氟化合物,在150 °C保持30分鐘時,前 述含氟化合物的熱減少率爲3 0質量%以下。 (2) 如(1)記載的感光性樹脂組成物’其中前述含氟化合 物含有在側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位’主鏈構造具有丙嫌 酸連結鏈。 (3) 如(1)記載的感光性樹脂組成物’其中前述含氟化合 200903161 物含有在側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位、及下述通式(υ所示 的重複單位:200903161 IX. The invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a photosensitive growth transfer material using the same, a painting wall and a method for forming the same, a substrate with a painting wall, and a color filter. Light sheet and its manufacturing method and display device. [Prior Art] In recent years, the demand for liquid crystal display devices for personal computers and liquid crystal color televisions has been increasing, and the demand for improvement in characteristics and cost reduction of color filters which are indispensable for such displays has increased. At present, as a method of producing a color filter, a dyeing method, a pigment dispersion method, an electrodeposition method, a printing method, and the like are carried out. For example, the dyeing method is to form a water-soluble polymer material layer of a dyeing material on a transparent substrate, and after patterning it into a desired shape by a lithography step, the resulting pattern is immersed in a dyeing bath to obtain a coloring. pattern. By repeating this step three times, a coloring layer formed of three coloring portions of R (red), G (green), and B (blue) can be formed. Further, the method of the pigment dispersion method which has been popular in recent years is to form a monochromatic pattern by patterning a photosensitive resin layer in which a pigment is dispersed on a transparent substrate. By repeating this step three times, a coloring layer formed of three coloring portions of R, G, and B can be formed. Further, the electrodeposition method is to pattern a transparent electrode on a transparent substrate, and immerse it in an electrodeposition coating liquid to which a pigment, a resin, an electrolytic solution or the like is added to electrodeposit the first color. By repeating this step three times, a coloring layer formed of three coloring portions of R, G, and B can be obtained, and finally, simmering is performed. 200903161 The printing method is a method in which a pigment is dispersed in a thermosetting resin, and R, G, and b are respectively applied by repeating printing three times, and then the resin is thermally cured to form a colored layer. In order to form three-color pixels of red, green, and blue, the temple method must repeat the same step three times' cost is common. Further, since the number of steps is large, there is a problem that the yield is easily lowered. In order to overcome this, in recent years, a color filter method for producing RGB pixels by an inkjet method has been reviewed by forming a black matrix (off-paint wall) by a pigment dispersion method. In the ink jet method, R, G, and B colors are sequentially applied to the concave portions of the black matrix (out of the wall) to form a pixel. The method using the ink jet method has the advantages of simple process and low cost. Further, the ink jet method is not limited to the production of a color filter, and can be applied to the production of other optical elements such as an electroluminescence element. In the ink jet method described above, it is necessary to prevent the occurrence of ink mixed color or the like between adjacent pixel regions or the phenomenon in which the ITO solution or the metal solution in the portion other than the designated region is solidified and adhered. Therefore, it is required that the partition wall (out of the wall) has a property of discharging water or an organic solvent such as an inkjet discharge liquid, that is, so-called water repellency and oil repellency. As a resin for forming such a partition wall (a wall), there is disclosed a coating composition comprising a vinyl polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer composition containing a vinyl monomer having a fluoroalkyl group. A photosensitive resin and an organic solvent, wherein the ethylene-based polymer contains a polymer having a fluorine atom content of 0.1 to 5% by mass (see, for example, JP-A-9-54432). As a technique for imparting water repellency and oil repellency, for example, The invention discloses a copolymerization of a vinyl monomer obtained by polymerizing a monomer composition containing a vinyl monomer having 200,903,161 fluoroalkyl groups, or a vinyl monomer such as hexafluoropropylene, and a copolymerization of three or more other vinyl monomers. (for example, refer to Patent Document 1, 2). Further, there is disclosed a photoresist composition comprising a monomer composition comprising a vinyl monomer having 4 to 6 fluoroalkyl groups to obtain a polymer or a photoreceptor, wherein the fluorine atom of the vinyl polymer is contained 7 to 35 mass% (for example, refer to Patent Document 3). Further, as a substrate to which a black matrix containing an ink-repellent agent is attached, there is a control angle of 30 ° by the upper top of the color matrix by controlling the thermal hardening temperature of the black matrix or the heat hardening time color matrix ( For example, refer to Patent Document 4). On the other hand, there is an example of a water-soluble photosensitive resin which is disclosed in a tertiary amine of a resin having a bromoacetic acid unit (for example, refer to the patent document, however, when a photosensitive resin is used in which a photosensitive resin is added to form a black matrix, it contains The black matrix of the fluorine-containing compound is generally high in baking, hardening, etc., and is subjected to a baking treatment or the like. Therefore, the pixel forming region surrounded by the black matrix is inked to the glass surface, and the coloring is given. In the case of an ink for forming a pixel, there is a problem that a glass ink is applied, and a colored pixel of a desired quality cannot be formed, and the filter cannot be formed. Further, the copolymer of the copolymer described in Patent Document 6 is synthesized. In the case of the composition, the coating film formed by the coating film tends to have oil repellency. Further, in the case of the ethylene-based polymerization described in Patent Document 3, the visibility of the developing solution and the adhesion at the time of development are insufficient. The tendency of the patented carbon number of the patented stationery base is the method of making the black-60. The addition of 5) ° to the shape of the temperature treatment stop is rejected as a color ratio of all the deficiencies. 20 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. [Patent Document 5] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. In one aspect, the problem is that the water-repellent property and the ink-repellent property of the upper surface of the pattern image (the exposed surface on the side opposite to the contact surface of the substrate) can be maintained while being used as a pattern image (for example, a wall). In this case, the adhesion between the image and the substrate on which the pattern image is formed is maintained, and the photosensitive resin composition in which the fluorine-containing compound component (including the decomposition component) is released during the heat treatment is suppressed. Further, in a certain aspect of the present invention, it is an object of the present invention to provide a water-repellent and ink-repellent property U capable of maintaining a pattern image (for example, a wall) formed by transfer, and maintaining the pattern and formation well. The adhesiveness of the substrate having the pattern image, and the photosensitive transfer material having a uniform photosensitive resin layer which is suppressed from being repelled at the time of application. Further, in one aspect of the present invention, it is an object of the present invention to provide a wettability of a region which can be maintained while holding a colored liquid, and to form an ink-dissipating property and to suppress the spread of the colored liquid to be applied. A method of forming a wall and a painting wall formed by the forming method and a method of manufacturing the same. Further, in a certain aspect of the present invention, the problem is to provide a coloring liquid which is provided in a concave portion between the walls of the drawing having a width of 200,903,161 s, and to suppress the coloring liquid from being held while maintaining the coloring liquid between the walls of the painting. The wettability of the given area is attached to the substrate of the painted wall. Further, the present invention provides a high-grade color filter which suppresses display unevenness during color mixing, whitening, and image display, and a method of manufacturing the same. Further, the present invention provides a display device capable of displaying a high-quality image in which display unevenness is suppressed in a certain aspect. The invention is based on the following knowledge, and is based on the knowledge. In other words, a pattern of a black matrix or the like is formed in advance by using a resin composition to which an ink-repellent is added, and then a high-temperature treatment such as baking treatment (for example, 150° C. or higher) is applied to the pattern. The component contained in the fluorine-containing compound flows out of the system and adheres to the substrate surface, and the wettability of the ink applied to the substrate surface tends to be lowered. However, the specific fluorine-containing compound can suppress the black matrix. Adhesion of the substrate surface after formation. In order to achieve the above problems, the specific means are as follows. (1) A photosensitive resin composition comprising an initiator, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and a fluorine-containing compound, and the heat-reducing rate of the above-mentioned fluorine-containing compound is 30% by mass or less when held at 150 ° C for 30 minutes. (2) The photosensitive resin composition as described in (1), wherein the fluorine-containing compound contains a repeating unit' main chain structure having a fluorine atom in a side chain, and has a C-linked chain. (3) The photosensitive resin composition as described in (1), wherein the fluorine-containing compound 200903161 contains a repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain, and a repeating unit represented by the following formula:

通式⑴General formula (1)

R2 通式(1)中’ R1表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的烷基;R2表 示氫原子 '碳數 1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜10的芳基、或碳 數2〜5的烷醯基;L1表示單鍵、或2價有機連結基;X 表示氯原子、溴原子 '或碘原子;且,Υ表示伸芳基、2 價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧羰基。 (4) 如(3)記載的感光性樹脂組成物,其中前述在側鏈具 有氟原子的重複單位係具有3個以上的氟原子。 (5) 如(3)記載的感光性樹脂組成物,其中前述通式(1)所 示的重複單位係下述通式(2)所示的重複單位: -10- 200903161 R1R2 In the formula (1), 'R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; and R2 represents a hydrogen atom: an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 2 to 2 An alkane group of 5; L1 represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking group; X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; and Υ represents an extended aryl group, a divalent heterocyclic residue, a carbonyl group, or an oxycarbonyl group. . (4) The photosensitive resin composition according to the item (3), wherein the repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain has three or more fluorine atoms. (5) The photosensitive resin composition according to (3), wherein the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2): -10-200903161 R1

通式⑵General formula (2)

Z1——L2——Y——CH—XZ1——L2——Y——CH—X

通式(2)中,R1表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的烷基;R2表 示氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜10的芳基、或碳 數2〜5的烷醯基;Z1表示酯基、或醯胺基;L2表示單鍵 、或2價有機連結基;X表示氯原子、溴原子、或碘原子 ;且,Y表示伸芳基、2價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧羰基。 (6)如(3)記載的感光性樹脂組成物,其中前述通式(1)所 示的重複單位係下述通式(3)所示的重複單位: R1 1In the formula (2), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; and R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 2 to 5; An alkano group; Z1 represents an ester group or a guanamine group; L2 represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking group; X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom; and Y represents an exoaryl group, a divalent impurity a ring residue, a carbonyl group, or an oxycarbonyl group. (6) The photosensitive resin composition according to the above formula (1), wherein the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3): R1 1

通式(3)General formula (3)

Z2——Y—CH—XZ2——Y—CH—X

通式(3)中,R1表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的烷基;R2表 示氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜10的芳基、或碳 -11- 200903161 數2〜5的烷醯基;Z2表示單鍵、伸芳; 基;X表示氯原子、溴原子、或碘原子 基、2價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧羰基。 (7) 如(2)記載的感光性樹脂組成物, 有氟原子的重複單位係具有碳數4〜7 位。 (8) 如(3)記載的感光性樹脂組成物, 的L 1係含有酯鍵及醯胺鍵中至少1個的 (9) 如(3)記載的感光性樹脂組成物, 的L 1係單鍵.、伸芳基或2價雜環殘基。 (1 〇)如(1)記載的感光性樹脂組成物 合物係更具有具酸性基的重複單位。 (1 1)如(1)記載的感光性樹脂組成物 成分質量而言,前述含氟化合物的含量 質量%。 (12) —種感光性轉印材料,其係在臨 ’用(1)記載的感光性樹脂組成物之感光性 (13) —種離畫壁之形成方法,其具有 使用(1)〜(1 1)中任1項記載的感光性精 記載的感光性轉印材料來形成感光性樹丨 將前述感光性樹脂層曝光, 將經曝光的前述感光性樹脂層顯像,及 將由前述顯像所得之圖案畫像加熱處理 (14) 一種離畫壁,其係由(13)記載的 基、或2價雜環殘 ;且,Y表示伸芳 其中前述在側鏈具 的氟烷基之重複單 其中前述通式(1)中 2價有機連結基。 其中前述通式(1)中 ,其中前述含氟化 ,其中對於總固體 爲 0 . 1質量%〜1 0 時支撐體上具有使 樹脂層。. Ο旨組成物、或(1 2) 脂層, 〇 離畫壁之形成方法 -12- 200903161 所形成。 (15) —種附有離畫壁之基板,其具備基板、及在該基板 上之由(13)記載的離畫壁之形成方法所形成的離畫壁。 (16) 如(15)記載的附有離畫壁之基板,其在依照眾所周 知的基板玻璃表面之潤濕性試驗方法作測定時,前述離畫 壁之壁上面的水接觸角爲60°以上,於前述基板之形成有 離畫壁的側之基板面中,無形成離畫壁的部分在滴下丙二 醇單甲基醚醋酸酯後立即的液滴直徑爲2 0 μπι以上。 (17) —種彩色濾光片之製法,其具有在經如(14)記載的 離畫壁所劃分的基板上之凹部,給予著色液體組成物以形 成著色區域的步驟。 (18) 如(17)記載的彩色濾光片之製法,其中前述著色液 體組成物的給予,係藉由噴墨法來吐出著色液體組成物的 液滴而進行。 (19) 一種彩色濾光片,其係由(18)記載的彩色濾光片之 製法所製作。 (20) —種顯示裝置,其具備(19)記載的彩色濾光片。 發明的效果 依照本發明,可提供於成圖案畫像(例如離畫壁)時,可 邊保持該圖案畫像上面(基與基板的接觸面之相反側的露出 面)的撥水性及撥墨性’邊良好地保持該圖案畫像與形成有 該圖案畫像的基板之密接性’而且於熱處理時,含氟化合 物成分(含分解成分)的放出經抑制的感光性樹脂組成物。 依照本發明,可提供能邊保持所轉印形成的圖案畫像( 200903161 例如離畫壁)之上面的撥水性及撥墨性,邊良好地保持該圖 案畫像與形成有該圖案畫像的基板之密接性,塗布時排斥( 不沾)的發生經抑制的具有均勻感光性樹脂層的感光性轉印 材料。 依照本發明,可提供能邊保持著色液體所給予的區域 之潤濕性,邊形成具有撥墨性、抑制所給予的著色液體之 蔓延的離畫壁之離畫壁形成方法,及由該形成方法所形成 的離畫壁以及其製造方法。 依照本發明,可提供於具有撥墨性的離畫壁間之凹部 給予著色液體時,抑制著色液體的蔓延,同時保持離畫壁 間的著色液體所給予的區域之潤濕性的附有離畫壁之基板 0 依照本發明,可提供混色、泛白、及影像顯示時的顯 示不均經抑制的高品位彩色濾光片及其製造方法 依照本發明,可提供顯示不均經抑制的可顯示高品位 影像的顯示裝置。 【實施方式】 實施發明的最佳形態 以下詳細說明的感光性樹脂組成物、以及使用其的感 光性轉印材料、離畫壁及其形成方法、附有離畫壁之基板 、彩色濾光片及其製法、顯示裝置。 感光性樹脂組成物 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物係至少含有引發劑、乙嫌 性不飽和化合物、及含氟化合物,於1 5 0 °C保持3 0分鐘時 -14- 200903161 ,含氟化合物的熱減少率被抑制在3 0 %以下而構成者。 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物,由於含有150 °C保持30 分鐘時的熱減少率被抑制在3 0 %以下的含氟化合物’故例 如在膜形成後於高溫(例如1 50t以上)加熱處理時,可抑 制含氟成分的放出,例如在基板上形成膜,形成圖案後’ 爲了圖案的撥墨化及熱硬化等而進行熱處理’可防止含氟 成分對膜非形成面的附著。藉此,可保持無設置感光性樹 脂組成物的區域之對液體的潤濕性,例如於製作彩色濾光 片時,在形成有黑色矩陣等的離畫壁之基板的離畫壁非形 成區域(離畫壁所隔離的基板上之凹部),給予著色液體組 成物(例如藉由噴墨法來給予印墨液適),以形成著色區域 (RGB等的著色畫素)時,可防止液的不沾,得到著色區域 中的泛白之發生、影像顯示時的顯示不均之發生經抑制的 可顯示高品位影像的彩色濾光片及顯示裝置。 1)引發劑 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物含有至少1種的引發劑。 η ^ 作爲使感光性樹脂組成物硬化的方法,一般爲用熱引 發劑的熱引發系或用光引發劑的光引發系,但於本發明中 由於使硬化後的離畫壁之表面形狀及截面形狀成爲非錐形 的矩形之形狀係重要的,故較佳爲使用光引發系。 光聚合引發劑係藉由可見光線、紫外線、遠紫外線、 電子線、X射線等的輻射線之照射(亦稱爲曝光),而可以 產生用於引發後述的乙稀性不飽和化合物之聚合的活性種 之化合物’可從眾所周知的光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑 -15- 200903161 系中作適當地選擇。 作爲光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系,例如可舉出含 三鹵甲基的化合物、吖啶系化合物、苯乙酮系化合物、雙 咪唑系化合物、三阱系化合物、苯偶姻系化合物、二苯甲 酮系化合物、α -二酮系化合物、多核醌系化合物、咕噸酮 系化合物、重氮系化合物等。 具體地,可舉出特開2001-117230公報中記載的三鹵 甲基取代的三鹵甲基噚唑衍生物或s -三畊衍生物、美國專 利第4239850號說明書中記載的三鹵甲基-s-三阱化合物、 美國專利第4212976號說明書中的記載的三鹵甲基曙二唑 化合物等之含三鹵甲基的化合物; 9-苯基吖啶、9-吡啶基吖啶、9-吡阱基吖啶、1,2-雙(9-吖 啶基)乙烷、1,3-雙(9-吖啶基)丙烷、I,4-雙(9-吖啶基)丁烷 、1,5-雙(9-吖啶基)戊烷、1,6-雙(9-吖啶基)己烷、1,7-雙 (9-吖啶基)庚烷、1,8-雙(9-吖啶基)辛烷、1,9-雙(9-吖啶基) 壬烷、1,1〇-雙(9-吖啶基)癸烷、1,1 1-雙(9-吖啶基)十一烷 >: 、1 ,1 2 -雙(9 -吖啶基)十二烷等的雙(9 -吖啶基)烷類等的吖 啶系化合物; 6-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三阱、6-[對(Ν,Ν·雙 (乙氧羰基甲基)胺基)苯基]-2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三阱等' 6-[4,-(N,N-雙(乙氧基羰基甲基)胺基)-3,-苯基]-2,4-雙(三氯 甲基)-s -三阱的三阱系化合物;其他,9,10 -二甲基苯并啡阱 、米蚩酮、二苯甲酮/米蚩酮、六芳基雙咪唑/锍基苯并咪 唑、苄基二甲基縮酮、噻噸酮/胺、2,2,_雙(2,4-二氯苯基)- -16- 200903161 4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’ -雙咪唑等。 於上述之中,由感度的觀點來看,較佳爲從含三鹵甲 基的化合物、吖啶系化合物、苯乙酮系化合物、雙咪唑系 化合物、三阱系化合物所選出的至少一種,特佳爲含有從 含三鹵甲基的化合物及吖啶系化合物中所選出的至少一_ 。含三鹵甲基的化合物、吖D定系化合物在通用性且廉價之 點亦有用的。 特佳地,根據前述同樣的理由,前述含三鹵甲基的化 合物係2-二氯甲基- 5- (對苯乙燦基苯乙烧基)_1,3,4 -曙二Π坐 ’口丫卩疋系化合物係9 -本基Iff卩定’以及6-[對(N,N -雙(乙氧幾 基甲基)胺基)苯基]-2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-s·三哄、6-[4,-(Ν,Ν-雙(乙氧羰基甲基)胺基)-3’-苯基]-2,4-雙(三氯甲基)_3_三哄 、2-(對丁氧基苯乙烯基)-5_三氯甲基·ι,3,4 -噚二唑等之含 三鹵甲基的化合物’前述三畊系化合物係6-[對(Ν,Ν-雙(乙 氧羰基甲基)胺基)苯基]-2,4 -雙(三氯甲基)_s-三哄,前述口丫 啶系化合物係9-苯基吖啶,前述苯乙酮系化合物係米蚩㈣ ’前述雙咪唑系化合物係2,2’-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5,-四苯基-1,2’-雙咪唑。 前述光聚合引發劑可單獨地使用或倂用2種以上。 引發劑(尤其光聚合引發劑)在感光性樹脂組成物中的總 量,較佳爲樹脂組成物的總固體成分(質量)之0· 1〜20質 量% ’特佳爲0 · 5〜1 〇質量%。前述總量若在前述範圍內, 則可高效率地進行樹脂組成物的光硬化,可得到顯像時不 發生脫落或表面龜裂的畫像圖案。前述總量若爲0.1質量 -17- 200903161 %以上,則可提高組成物的光硬化效率,縮短曝光時間, 而若爲2 0質量%以下,可抑制顯像時所形成的畫像圖案之 脫落、或圖案表面的龜裂之發生。 再者,於本發明中,感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分( 質量)係意味樹脂組成物中溶劑以外的全部成分。 前述光聚合引發劑亦可倂用供氫體而構成。作爲該供 氫體,從感度可更佳化之點來看,較佳爲下述硫醇系化合 物、胺系化合物等。此處的「供氫體」係指對於藉由曝光 而從前述光聚合引發劑所產生的自由基,可供給氫原子的 化合物。 前述硫醇系化合物係以苯環或雜環當作母核,具有1 個以上的锍基直接鍵結於該母核的化合物(以下稱爲「硫醇 系供氫體」)’該锍基較佳爲1〜3個,更佳爲1〜2個。又 ,前述胺系化合物係以苯環或雜環當作母核,具有1個以 上的胺基接鍵結於該母核的化合物(以下稱爲「胺系供氫體 」),該胺基較佳爲1〜3個,更佳爲1〜2個。再者,此等 供氫體亦可同時具有锍基及胺基。 作爲上述硫醇系供氫體的具體例子,可舉出2 -酼基苯 并噻唑、2-锍基苯并曙唑、2-锍基苯并咪唑、2,5-二锍基· 1,3,4 -噻二唑' 2 -锍基-2,5 -二甲基胺基吡啶等。於此等之 中’較佳爲2 -锍基苯并噻唑、2 -锍基苯并曙唑,特佳爲2-锍基苯并噻唑。 作爲上述胺系供氫體的具體例子,可舉出4,4’-雙(二甲 基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4,-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、4-二乙胺 -18- 200903161 基苯乙酮、4-二甲基胺基苯丙酮、乙基-4-二甲基胺基苯甲 酸酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸、4-二甲基胺基苯甲氰等。於 此等之中,較佳爲4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4,_雙 (二乙胺基)二苯甲酮,特佳爲4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲調 〇 前述供氫體可爲單獨或混合2種以上來使用,從所形 成的畫像在顯像時不易自永久支撐體上脫落,且強度及感 度亦可提高之點來看,較佳爲組合1種以上的硫醇系供氫 體與1種以上的胺系供氫體來使用。 作爲前述硫醇系供氫體與胺系供氫體的組合之具體例 子,可舉出2-锍基苯并噻唑/4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮 、2-酼基苯并噻唑/4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2-锍基苯 并噚唑/4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮、2_锍基苯幷噚唑 /4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮等。更佳的組合爲2-锍基苯并 噻唑/4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2-锍基苯并曙唑/4,4’-雙 (二乙胺基)二苯甲酮,特佳的組合爲2-锍基苯并噻唑/4,4’-ϋ 雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮。 於組合前述硫醇系供氫體與胺系供氫體時’硫醇系供 氫體(Μ)與胺系供氫體(Α)的質量比(Μ:Α),一般較佳爲1:1 〜1 :4,更佳爲1 : 1〜1 : 3。前述供氫體在感光性樹脂組成物 中的總量,較佳爲感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分(質量) 之0 · 1〜2 0質量%,特佳爲〇. 5〜1 0質量%。 2)乙烯性不飽和化合物 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物含有至少1種的乙烯性不 -19- 200903161 飽和化合物。作爲乙烯性不飽和化合物,可單獨地或與其 它單體組合而使用下述化合物。 具體地,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、乙二醇二(甲 基)丙烯酸醋、(甲基)丙嫌酸2 -經丙醋、三乙二醇二(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基-2-丁 基丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯 、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯 酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚氧乙基化三羥甲 基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)異 氰尿酸酯、1,4-二異丙烯基苯、1,4-二羥基苯二(甲基)丙烯 酸酯、十亞甲基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯、富馬酸 二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲 基)丙烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。 又,亦可使用(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2· 羥丙酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之具羥基的化合物 與六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、甲苯二異氰酸酯、二甲苯二異氰 酸酯等之與二異氰酸酯的反應物。 於此等之中,特佳爲季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四 醇六丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、三(2 -丙烯醯氧基 乙基)異氰尿酸酯。 乙烯性不飽和化合物在樹脂組成物中的含量,對於樹 脂組成物的總固體成分(質量)而言,較佳爲5〜80質量% ,特佳爲1 0〜7 0質量%。乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量若在 前述範圍內,則可確保組成物的曝光部對鹼顯像液的耐性 -20- 200903161 ’作爲樹脂組成物時’可抑制膠黏性的增加而確保操作性 0 3)含氟化合物 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物含有作爲含氟化合物的含 有氟原子、熱減少率爲3 0質量%以下的化合物之至少一種 。該含氟化合物之由熱處理(例如1 5 0 °C以上)所放出的含 氟成分少,爲可賦予撥水撥油性、界面活性性等的氟官能 基之機能的化合物。 具體地’於曝光、顯像後更作熱處理,在基板上形成 圖案(例如黑色矩陣等的離畫壁)時,對圖案(例如黑色矩陣 等的離畫壁)表面給予撥水、撥油性(含撥墨性),同時相反 地可抑制氟成分對基板的圖案(例如黑色矩陣等的離畫壁) 非形成面之附著,可保持基板面的潤濕性(不撥水撥油化) 〇 於本發明中,潤濕性係指液體滴到平面上時的潤濕擴 大程度,例如指於形成有黑色矩陣等的離畫壁之基板的離 畫壁所圍繞的凹部(即成爲著色畫素的區域之基板面),噴 墨給予著色液體組成物即印墨組成物的液滴時,墨滴的潤 濕擴大程度。更具體地,將〗滴的印墨組成物滴到離畫壁 間,以該液滴所成的圓之直徑當作潤濕擴大程度的指標。 熱減少率係指於將含氟化合物在1 5 (TC保持3 0分鐘時 ,對於加熱前而言,加熱後的質量減少率。於本發明中, 該熱減少率爲30質量%以下’較佳爲25質量%以下,更佳 爲2 0質量%以下。 -21- 200903161 熱減少率若在前述範圍內,則可確保感光性樹脂組成 物的熱處理後之殘存量,可給予熱處理後的組成物表面良 好的撥水、撥油性,例如在基板上使感光性樹脂組成物曝 光、顯像、熱硬化而形成樹脂硬化物時,可保持基板露出 面(例如在基板上形成黑色矩陣時,黑色矩陣所圍繞的基板 上之凹部)的潤濕性。藉此,在給予基板露出面液體(含印 墨等的著色液體組成物)時,可防止不沾。 作爲含氟原子、熱減少率爲3 0質量%以下的含氟化合 物,可從含有具氟原子的重複單位的化合物群中選出,可 賦予撥水·撥墨性。其中,從即使熱處理(例如1 50°C以上 的高溫下)也不易流出組成系外之點來看,較佳爲從含有在 側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位,主鏈構造具有丙烯酸連結鏈 的化合物之群中所選出的化合物。 本發明中的具有氟原子之重複單位,較佳爲具有含氟 原子的側鏈之重複單位。又,具有氟原子的重複單位,較 佳爲具有3個以上的氟原子。前述含氟原子的側鏈,較佳 : 爲含有總碳數2〜8的氟烷基,更佳爲含有總碳數4〜7的 氟烷基。由於氟烷基的總碳數在前述範圍內,可邊保持作 爲氟官能基的性能,邊減低對環境的負荷。前述氟烷基可 爲直鏈或支鍵。 本發明中的具有氟原子的重複單位,較佳爲下述通式 (A)所示的重複單位。 -22- 200903161In the formula (3), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or carbon-11-200903161 Alkyl group of 2 to 5; Z2 represents a single bond; a aryl group; and X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom group, a divalent heterocyclic residue, a carbonyl group, or an oxycarbonyl group. (7) The photosensitive resin composition according to (2), wherein the repeating unit having a fluorine atom has a carbon number of 4 to 7. (8) The L 1 system of the photosensitive resin composition according to the above (3), which contains at least one of an ester bond and a guanamine bond, and the L 1 system of the photosensitive resin composition as described in (3) A single bond, an extended aryl group or a divalent heterocyclic residue. (1) The photosensitive resin composition according to (1) further has a repeating unit having an acidic group. (1) The component of the photosensitive resin composition according to (1), wherein the content of the fluorine-containing compound is 5% by mass. (12) A photosensitive transfer material, which is a method for forming a photosensitive wall (13) of the photosensitive resin composition described in (1), which has a method of forming (1) to (1) 1) The photosensitive transfer material described in the photosensitive material according to any one of the above, wherein the photosensitive resin layer is exposed, the exposed photosensitive resin layer is exposed, and the image is formed by the photosensitive image layer. The obtained pattern image heat treatment (14) is a painting wall which is a group described in (13) or a divalent heterocyclic residue; and Y represents a repeating single of the fluoroalkyl group in the side chain. The divalent organic linking group in the above formula (1). In the above formula (1), the above-mentioned fluorine-containing compound, wherein the total solid is 0.1% by mass to 1 0, has a resin layer on the support. . The composition of the composition, or (1 2) lipid layer, formed by the method of forming the wall -12- 200903161. (15) A substrate having a painting wall attached thereto, comprising a substrate, and a painting wall formed by the method of forming the painting wall described in (13) on the substrate. (16) The substrate having the paint wall according to (15), wherein the water contact angle on the wall of the paint wall is 60° or more when measured according to a wettability test method of a known substrate glass surface. In the substrate surface on the side of the substrate on which the wall is formed, the portion of the substrate which is not formed with the drawing wall has a droplet diameter of 20 μm or more immediately after dropping the propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. (17) A method of producing a color filter comprising the step of applying a colored liquid composition to a colored portion by a concave portion on a substrate divided by the drawing wall as described in (14). (18) The method of producing a color filter according to (17), wherein the coloring liquid composition is applied by ejecting a droplet of the colored liquid composition by an inkjet method. (19) A color filter produced by the method of producing a color filter according to (18). (20) A display device comprising the color filter described in (19). Advantageous Effects of Invention According to the present invention, it is possible to provide water-repellent and ink-repellent properties of a pattern image (for example, an image-exposed surface) while maintaining an upper surface of the pattern image (the exposed surface on the opposite side of the contact surface between the substrate and the substrate). The photosensitive resin composition in which the release of the fluorine-containing compound component (including the decomposition component) is suppressed during the heat treatment while maintaining the adhesion between the pattern image and the substrate on which the pattern image is formed is good. According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a water-repellent and ink-repellent property of the upper surface of the pattern image (200903161, for example, the wall of the painting) which is formed by transfer, while maintaining the adhesion between the pattern image and the substrate on which the pattern image is formed. It is a photosensitive transfer material which has a uniform photosensitive resin layer which suppresses the occurrence of rejection (non-sticking) at the time of coating. According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for forming an off-paint wall which can maintain the wettability of a region imparted by a colored liquid while forming an ink-repellent property and suppress the spread of the colored liquid to be applied, and form the same. The painting wall formed by the method and the manufacturing method thereof. According to the present invention, it is possible to suppress the spread of the coloring liquid while the coloring liquid is applied to the concave portion between the ink-removing walls, while maintaining the wettability of the region given by the colored liquid between the walls of the painting. According to the present invention, a high-grade color filter capable of providing color mixing, whitening, and display unevenness in image display and a method of manufacturing the same can be provided according to the present invention, and display unevenness can be provided. A display device that displays high-quality images. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION A photosensitive resin composition, a photosensitive transfer material using the same, a painting wall and a method for forming the same, a substrate with a painting wall, and a color filter, which will be described in detail below And its manufacturing method and display device. Photosensitive Resin Composition The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least an initiator, a bivalent unsaturated compound, and a fluorine-containing compound, and is kept at 150 ° C for 30 minutes - 14 - 200903161, a fluorine-containing compound The heat reduction rate is suppressed to 30% or less. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a fluorine-containing compound whose temperature reduction rate at 30 ° C for 30 minutes is suppressed to 30% or less. Therefore, for example, heat treatment at a high temperature (for example, 150 k or more) after film formation In this case, the release of the fluorine-containing component can be suppressed. For example, a film is formed on the substrate, and after the pattern is formed, the heat treatment is performed for ink repellency and thermal curing of the pattern to prevent adhesion of the fluorine-containing component to the film non-formed surface. Thereby, the wettability to the liquid in the region where the photosensitive resin composition is not provided can be maintained, for example, in the case where the color filter is formed, the non-formation region of the image forming wall of the substrate on which the black matrix or the like is formed is formed. (a concave portion on the substrate isolated from the wall of the drawing), when the colored liquid composition is applied (for example, the ink is applied by an inkjet method) to form a colored region (coloring pixels such as RGB), the liquid can be prevented The color filter and the display device capable of displaying high-quality images, which are suppressed in the occurrence of whitening in the colored region and the occurrence of uneven display during image display, are obtained. 1) Initiator The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one type of initiator. η ^ as a method of curing the photosensitive resin composition, generally a thermal initiation system using a thermal initiator or a photoinitiator using a photoinitiator, but in the present invention, the surface shape of the painted wall after hardening is It is important that the cross-sectional shape becomes a shape of a non-tapered rectangle, and therefore it is preferable to use a photoinitiator. The photopolymerization initiator is irradiated with radiation (also referred to as exposure) of visible light, ultraviolet rays, far ultraviolet rays, electron beams, X-rays, or the like, and can be used to initiate polymerization of an ethylenically unsaturated compound described later. The compound of the active species' can be appropriately selected from a well-known photopolymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator-15-200903161. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator or the photopolymerization initiator include a trihalomethyl group-containing compound, an acridine compound, an acetophenone compound, a bisimidazole compound, a tritrap compound, and a benzoin compound. A benzophenone compound, an α-diketone compound, a polynuclear oxime compound, a xanthone compound, a diazo compound, or the like. Specifically, a trihalomethyl-substituted trihalomethylcarbazole derivative or an s-trictylene derivative described in JP-A-2001-117230, and a trihalomethyl group described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,239,850 can be mentioned. -s-tri-trap compound, a trihalomethyl-containing compound such as a trihalomethyl oxadiazole compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976; 9-phenyl acridine, 9-pyridyl acridine, 9 -pyridyl acridine, 1,2-bis(9-acridinyl)ethane, 1,3-bis(9-acridinyl)propane, I,4-bis(9-acridinyl)butane 1,5-bis(9-acridinyl)pentane, 1,6-bis(9-acridinyl)hexane, 1,7-bis(9-acridinyl)heptane, 1,8- Bis(9-acridinyl)octane, 1,9-bis(9-acridinyl)decane, 1,1 fluorene-bis(9-acridinyl)decane, 1,1 1-double (9 - acridinyl)undecane>: acridine compound such as bis(9-acridinyl)alkane such as 1,1 2 -bis(9-acridinyl)dodecane; 6-( p-Methoxyphenyl)-2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tripper, 6-[p-(indolyl bis(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino)phenyl]-2 ,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-s- '6-[4,-(N,N-bis(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino)-3,-phenyl]-2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triad Triple well compound; other, 9,10-dimethylbenzophenan trap, Michler's ketone, benzophenone / Michler's ketone, hexaarylbisimidazole/mercaptobenzimidazole, benzyldimethyl Ketal, thioxanthone/amine, 2,2,_bis(2,4-dichlorophenyl)- -16- 200903161 4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-double Imidazole and the like. In the above, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, at least one selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyl group-containing compound, an acridine compound, an acetophenone compound, a bisimidazole compound, and a triple well compound is preferable. It is particularly preferred to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyl group-containing compound and an acridine compound. Trihalomethyl-containing compounds and guanidine D-based compounds are also useful in versatility and low cost. Particularly preferably, for the same reason as described above, the trihalomethyl group-containing compound is 2-dichloromethyl-5-(p-phenylethylphenylbenzene)-1,3,4-anthracenequinone Oral compound is 9-local Iff卩' and 6-[p-(N,N-bis(ethoxymethyl)amino)phenyl]-2,4-bis(trichloromethane) , s, tris, 6-[4,-(Ν,Ν-bis(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino)-3'-phenyl]-2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)_3 _ triterpene, 2-(p-butoxystyryl)-5-trichloromethyl·ι, 3,4-oxadiazole-containing trihalomethyl-containing compound 'the aforementioned three-tillage compound system 6- [p-(Ν, Ν-bis(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino)phenyl]-2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)_s-triazine, the above-mentioned oral acridine compound is 9-phenylindole Acridine, the aforementioned acetophenone-based compound is rice bran (IV) 'The above-mentioned biimidazole-based compound is 2,2'-bis(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5,-tetraphenyl- 1,2'-bisimidazole. The photopolymerization initiator may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The total amount of the initiator (especially the photopolymerization initiator) in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content (mass) of the resin composition. 〇% by mass. When the total amount is within the above range, photohardening of the resin composition can be performed efficiently, and an image pattern in which no peeling or surface cracking occurs during development can be obtained. When the total amount is 0.1 mass -17 to 200903161% or more, the photocuring efficiency of the composition can be improved, and the exposure time can be shortened. When the total amount is 20% by mass or less, the image pattern formed during development can be suppressed from falling off. Or the occurrence of cracks on the surface of the pattern. In the present invention, the total solid content (mass) of the photosensitive resin composition means all components other than the solvent in the resin composition. The photopolymerization initiator may be formed by using a hydrogen donor. The hydrogen donor is preferably a thiol compound or an amine compound as described below from the viewpoint that the sensitivity can be further improved. The term "hydrogen donor" as used herein refers to a compound which can supply a hydrogen atom to a radical generated from the photopolymerization initiator by exposure. The thiol compound is a compound having a benzene ring or a hetero ring as a nucleus and having one or more sulfhydryl groups directly bonded to the nucleus (hereinafter referred to as "thiol hydrogen donor"). It is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. In addition, the amine compound is a compound having a benzene ring or a hetero ring as a core, and having one or more amine groups bonded to the core (hereinafter referred to as "amine-based hydrogen donor"), the amine group It is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. Further, the hydrogen donor may have both a mercapto group and an amine group. Specific examples of the thiol-based hydrogen donor include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, and 2,5-dimercapto-1. 3,4-thiadiazole '2-mercapto-2,5-dimethylaminopyridine and the like. Among them, 'preferably 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, particularly preferably 2-mercaptobenzothiazole. Specific examples of the amine-based hydrogen donor include 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone and 4,4,-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, and 4 -Diethylamine-18- 200903161 Acetophenone, 4-dimethylaminopropiophenone, ethyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid, 4- Dimethylaminobenzonitrile and the like. Among them, preferred are 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4,-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, and particularly preferably 4,4. '-Bis(diethylamino)benzidine can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds, and the formed image is not easily peeled off from the permanent support during development, and the strength and sensitivity are Further, it is preferable to use one or more types of thiol-based hydrogen donors and one or more kinds of amine-based hydrogen donors in combination. Specific examples of the combination of the above-described thiol-based hydrogen donor and the amine-based hydrogen donor include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole/4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone, and 2 -mercaptobenzothiazole/4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole/4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone 2, nonylbenzazole/4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone. A more preferred combination is 2-mercaptobenzothiazole/4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole/4,4'-bis(diethylamino) A particularly preferred combination of benzophenone is 2-mercaptobenzothiazole/4,4'-fluorene bis(diethylamino)benzophenone. When the thiol-based hydrogen donor and the amine-based hydrogen donor are combined, the mass ratio (Μ: Α) of the thiol-based hydrogen donor (Μ) to the amine-based hydrogen donor (Α) is generally preferably 1: 1 ~ 1 : 4, more preferably 1: 1 ~ 1 : 3. The total amount of the hydrogen donor in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0 to 1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content (mass) of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly preferably 〇. 5 to 1 0 by mass. %. 2) Ethylene unsaturated compound The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one kind of ethylenic non--19-200903161 saturated compound. As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, the following compounds may be used singly or in combination with other monomers. Specific examples thereof include tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid 2-propane vinegar, and triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid. Ester, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-butylpropanediol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate , dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, polyoxyethylated trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tris (2-(methyl) propylene oxime Ethyl ethyl) isocyanurate, 1,4-diisopropenylbenzene, 1,4-dihydroxybenzene di(meth)acrylate, decamethyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, benzene Ethylene, diallyl fumarate, triallyl trimellitate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylamide, benzyldimethylbis(meth)acrylamide, and the like. Further, a compound having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate or polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate may be used. A reaction product with a diisocyanate such as isocyanate, toluene diisocyanate or xylene diisocyanate. Among them, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and tris(2-propenyloxyethyl)isocyanurate are particularly preferred. The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the resin composition is preferably from 5 to 80% by mass, particularly preferably from 10 to 70% by mass, based on the total solid content (mass) of the resin composition. When the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is within the above range, the resistance of the exposed portion of the composition to the alkali developing solution can be ensured. -20-200903161 'When it is a resin composition', the increase in adhesiveness can be suppressed to ensure operability. 0 3) Fluorine-containing compound The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one of a compound containing a fluorine atom as a fluorine-containing compound and having a heat reduction rate of 30% by mass or less. The fluorine-containing compound has a small amount of a fluorine-containing component which is released from a heat treatment (e.g., 150 ° C or higher), and is a compound which imparts a function of a fluorine functional group such as water-repellent property and interface activity. Specifically, when heat treatment is performed after exposure and development, and a pattern (for example, a black wall or the like) is formed on the substrate, water-repellent and oil-repellent properties are imparted to the surface of the pattern (for example, a black matrix or the like). In contrast, it is possible to suppress the adhesion of the fluorine component to the substrate pattern (for example, the black matrix or the like), and to maintain the wettability of the substrate surface (no watering) 〇 In the present invention, the wettability refers to the degree of wetness expansion when the liquid is dropped onto a plane, for example, the concave portion surrounded by the paint wall of the substrate on which the black matrix or the like is formed (ie, becomes a colored pixel). The substrate surface of the region), when inkjet is applied to the liquid composition of the colored liquid composition, that is, the ink composition, the degree of wetting of the ink droplets is enlarged. More specifically, the ink composition of the drop is dropped between the walls of the painting, and the diameter of the circle formed by the droplet is used as an index of the degree of wetness expansion. The heat reduction rate refers to a mass reduction rate after heating of the fluorine-containing compound at 15 (TC for 30 minutes, before heating). In the present invention, the heat reduction rate is 30% by mass or less. It is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less. -21- 200903161 If the heat reduction rate is within the above range, the residual amount after heat treatment of the photosensitive resin composition can be ensured, and the composition after heat treatment can be given. Good water repellency and oil repellency on the surface of the object. For example, when the photosensitive resin composition is exposed, developed, or thermally cured on a substrate to form a cured resin, the exposed surface of the substrate can be maintained (for example, when a black matrix is formed on the substrate, black) The wettability of the concave portion on the substrate surrounded by the matrix, thereby preventing the non-sticking when the liquid (the colored liquid composition containing ink or the like) is exposed to the substrate. The fluorine-containing compound of 30% by mass or less can be selected from a compound group containing a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, and can impart water-repellent and ink-repellent properties. Among them, even heat treatment (for example, a temperature of 150 ° C or higher) In the present invention, it is preferred that the compound is selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain and a main chain having a linking chain of an acrylic acid. The repeating unit having a fluorine atom is preferably a repeating unit of a side chain having a fluorine atom. Further, the repeating unit having a fluorine atom preferably has three or more fluorine atoms. Preferably, it is a fluoroalkyl group having a total carbon number of 2 to 8, more preferably a fluoroalkyl group having a total carbon number of 4 to 7. Since the total carbon number of the fluoroalkyl group is within the above range, it can be maintained as a fluorine functional group. The fluoroalkyl group may be a linear or a bond. The repeating unit having a fluorine atom in the present invention is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A). 22- 200903161

通式(A) 上述通式(A)中’ R11表示氫原子、或碳數1〜5的烷基 。於本發明中’ R11較佳爲氫原子或甲基,更佳爲氫原子 上述通式(A)中’ L11表示單鍵或2價有機連結基。於 本發明中,L11較佳爲2價有機連結基。前述有機連結基 較佳爲由伸烷基、伸芳基、酯鍵、醯胺鍵及2價雜環殘基 所組成族群所選出的單獨有機連結基或此等的組合所組成 的有機連結基。 作爲前述伸院基,較佳爲總碳數1〜1 0的伸院基,更 佳爲總碳數1〜6的伸烷基。具體地,可舉出亞甲基、伸 乙基、伸丁基、伸庚基、伸己基、伸十二基等。 作爲前述伸芳基,較佳爲總碳數6〜1 5的伸芳基,更 佳爲總碳數6〜10的伸芳基。具體地,可舉出伸苯基、伸 萘基、伸蒽基、伸聯苯基、二烷基伸苯基等,此等可爲〇 -取代物、P -取代物、及/或m -取代物。 作爲前述酯鍵,較佳爲羧酸酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、磷酸酯 鍵等,更佳爲羧酸酯鍵。 作爲前述醯胺鍵,較佳爲羧酸醯胺鍵、磺酸醯胺鍵、 磷酸醯胺鍵等,更佳爲羧酸醯胺鍵。 -23- 200903161 作爲前述2價雜環殘基,例如較佳爲從含有氮原子或 氧原子當作環的構成員之5員環、或6員環而來的2價雜 環殘基,尤佳爲從吡啶環、嘧啶環、吡阱環、噻唑環、苯 并噻唑環、曙唑環、苯并噚唑環、異噚唑環、吡唑環、咪 唑環、喹啉環或噻二唑環等而來的2價雜環殘基,較佳爲 從吡啶環或噻二唑環而來的2價雜環殘基。 上述通式(A)中,Rf表示具有3個以上的氟原子之氟烷 基。本發明中的Rf較佳爲總碳數2〜8的氟烷基,更佳爲 總碳數4〜7的氟烷基。前述Rf可爲直鏈或支鍵。更佳爲 Rf係下述通式(A-1)〜(A-3)中任一者所示的氟烷基。 /cf3In the above formula (A), R11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. In the present invention, 'R11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom. In the above formula (A), 'L11 represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking group. In the present invention, L11 is preferably a divalent organic linking group. The organic linking group is preferably an organic linking group selected from a group consisting of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an ester bond, a guanamine bond, and a divalent heterocyclic residue, or a combination thereof. The above-mentioned stretching base is preferably a stretching base having a total carbon number of 1 to 10, more preferably an alkylene group having a total carbon number of 1 to 6. Specific examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethyl group, a butyl group, a heptyl group, a hexyl group, and a decyl group. As the above-mentioned aryl group, a aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 15 is preferable, and an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 10 is more preferable. Specific examples thereof include a phenylene group, an anthranyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenylene group, a dialkyl phenyl group, etc., which may be a hydrazine-substituted compound, a P-substituted compound, and/or a m-substituted group. Things. The ester bond is preferably a carboxylate bond, a sulfonate bond, a phosphate bond or the like, and more preferably a carboxylate bond. The guanamine bond is preferably a guanamine bond, a sulfonate oxime bond, a guanamine phosphate bond or the like, and more preferably a guanamine bond. -23-200903161 The divalent heterocyclic residue is preferably a 5-membered heterocyclic ring derived from a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom as a ring member. Preferably, it is a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an indazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a quinoline ring or a thiadiazole. The divalent heterocyclic residue derived from the ring is preferably a divalent heterocyclic residue derived from a pyridine ring or a thiadiazole ring. In the above formula (A), Rf represents a fluoroalkyl group having three or more fluorine atoms. Rf in the present invention is preferably a fluoroalkyl group having a total carbon number of 2 to 8, more preferably a fluoroalkyl group having a total carbon number of 4 to 7. The aforementioned Rf may be a straight chain or a bond. More preferably, Rf is a fluoroalkyl group represented by any one of the following formulae (A-1) to (A-3). /cf3

十CmF2# ] ~fCmF2mH] - CmF2iTr-CF CF3 通式(A-1) 通式(A-2) 通式(A-3) 式中’ m表示4〜8的整數,較佳爲4〜7的整數。 以下’作爲通式(A)所示的重複單位之具體例子,舉出 V 重複單位0-1)〜(a-34),惟本發明不受此等所限定。 再者’於下述具體例中,R表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的 烷基。 -24- 200903161 R- (a-1) (a-2) R1 (a-3)XCmF2# ] ~fCmF2mH] - CmF2iTr-CF CF3 General formula (A-1) Formula (A-2) Formula (A-3) wherein 'm represents an integer of 4 to 8, preferably 4 to 7 The integer. The following concrete examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A) include V repeating units 0-1) to (a-34), but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the following specific examples, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. -24- 200903161 R- (a-1) (a-2) R1 (a-3)

RR

O 'fcFs (a-4) CF,O 'fcFs (a-4) CF,

C4F8—CF ri (a-5) 〆 〇入cT^C4F8—CF ri (a-5) 〆 c cT^

R (a-6)R (a-6)

R (a-7)R (a-7)

〇入^CeFl3 。入 cT C7F15Enter ^CeFl3. Into cT C7F15

Rl (a-8) PF3Rl (a-8) PF3

'C4F8-CF CF3'C4F8-CF CF3

Rl (a-9)Rl (a-9)

〇入〇^Y^C4F9 OH〇入〇YY^C4F9 OH

Rl (a-10)Rl (a-10)

(a-11) Ό产丫〜C6F13 OH(a-11) Ό 丫 C ~ C6F13 OH

C4F8—CF CF, CF3C4F8—CF CF, CF3

Rl (a-12)Rl (a-12)

R (a-13) 丨人 ~CeFi 3 ~C7pi5R (a-13) 丨人 ~CeFi 3 ~C7pi5

HH

HH

RR

(a-14) H(a-14) H

RR

(a-15)(a-15)

Y H、C4F9 丫〇、 13 -25- 13200903161Y H, C4F9 丫〇, 13 -25- 13200903161

(a-16) Η Η Ο八CT^N、A— Υ 、C4Fs(a-16) Η Η Ο CT CT^N, A- Υ, C4Fs

(a-17) Η H 0人"X6F(a-17) Η H 0 person "X6F

(a-18) (a-20)(a-18) (a-20)

-26- 200903161-26- 200903161

c4f9C4f9

(a-30)(a-30)

O oO o

hrHhrH

作爲本發明中的通式(A)所示的具有3個以上的氟原子 -27- 200903161 之重複單位,較佳爲R11係氫原子或甲基’ L11係從羧酸酿 鍵、醚鍵、伸芳基及伸烷基所組成族群所選出的單獨或複 數之組合所構成的2價有機連結基’ Rf係碳數4〜碳數7 的全氟院基(Cd9〜CtF^),更佳爲R11係氫原子’ L11係由 羧酸酯鍵與伸烷基的組合所構成的2價有機連結基,Rf係 碳數4〜碳數6的全氟烷基(C4F9〜C6F13)。 又,作爲前述在側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位,較佳爲 具有總碳數2〜12、更佳爲具有總碳數2〜8、特佳爲具有 總碳數4〜7的氟烷基之重複單位。由於氟烷基的總碳數 在前述範圍內,可邊保持作爲氟官能基的性能’邊減低對 環境的負荷。氟烷基可爲直鏈或支鍵。作爲前述在側鏈具 有氟原子的重複單位’更佳可舉出下述構造式(A)。 R1The repeating unit having three or more fluorine atoms -27 to 200903161 represented by the formula (A) in the present invention is preferably a hydrogen atom of R11 or a methyl group of L11 derived from a carboxylic acid, an ether bond, or the like. a divalent organic linking group consisting of a combination of a single or a complex group selected from the group consisting of an exoaryl group and an alkylene group, and a Rf-based tetrafluorocarbon group having a carbon number of 4 to a carbon number of 7 (Cd9 to CtF^), preferably The R11 hydrogen atom 'L11 is a divalent organic linking group composed of a combination of a carboxylate bond and an alkylene group, and Rf is a perfluoroalkyl group having 4 to 6 carbon atoms (C4F9 to C6F13). Further, the repeating unit having a fluorine atom in the side chain preferably has a total carbon number of 2 to 12, more preferably a total carbon number of 2 to 8, and particularly preferably a fluoroalkyl group having a total carbon number of 4 to 7. Repeat unit. Since the total carbon number of the fluoroalkyl group is within the above range, the performance as a fluorine functional group can be maintained while reducing the load on the environment. The fluoroalkyl group may be a straight chain or a bond. The above repeating unit ′ having a fluorine atom in the side chain is more preferably the following structural formula (A). R1

Xk丄 Rf 構造式(A) 前述構造式(A)中,R1表示氫原子、或碳數1〜5的烷 基。 前述構造式(A)中’ a表示在含氟化合物之總質量中所 佔有的構造式(A)之質量比率(質量%)。 前述構造式(A)中’ X1表示醚基、酯基、醯胺基、伸芳 基、或2價雜環殘基。 -28- 200903161 作爲X1所表示的伸芳基’較佳爲總碳數6〜2 0的伸芳 基,例如可舉出伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基、伸聯苯基,此 等亦可爲〇-取代物、Ρ-取代物、及/或m-取代物。其中’ 更佳爲碳數6〜1 2的伸芳基,特佳爲伸苯基、伸聯苯基。 作爲X1所示的雜環殘基,例如較佳爲從含有氮原子或 氧原子當作環的構成員之5員或6員雜環而來的2價雜環 殘基。作爲具體例子,吡啶環、嘧啶環、吡畊環、噻唑環 、苯并噻挫環、曙哩環、苯并曙哩環、異喝哩環、卩比Π坐環 、咪唑環、喹啉環、噻二唑環等係合適,從吡啶環、噻二 唑環等而來的2價雜環殘基爲更佳。 於上述中’作爲X1,較佳爲下述構造的連結基或具有 下述構造的至少1個之連結基。Xk丄 Rf Structural Formula (A) In the above structural formula (A), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. In the above structural formula (A), 'a' represents a mass ratio (% by mass) of the structural formula (A) which is contained in the total mass of the fluorine-containing compound. In the above structural formula (A), 'X1' represents an ether group, an ester group, a decylamino group, an extended aryl group, or a divalent heterocyclic residue. -28- 200903161 The exoaryl group represented by X1 is preferably a aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 20, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, and a phenyl group. Etc. may also be a hydrazine-substituent, a hydrazine-substituent, and/or an m-substituent. Among them, it is more preferably a aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12, particularly preferably a phenyl group and a phenyl group. The heterocyclic residue represented by X1 is, for example, preferably a divalent heterocyclic residue derived from a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom as a constituent of the ring. As a specific example, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridinium ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiene ring, an anthracene ring, a benzofluorene ring, a heterofluorene ring, a hydrazine ring, an imidazole ring, a quinoline ring A thiadiazole ring or the like is suitable, and a divalent heterocyclic residue derived from a pyridine ring or a thiadiazole ring is more preferable. In the above, "X1" is preferably a linking group having the following structure or at least one linking group having the following structure.

此處’R 表不氫原子、總碳數1〜12的院基、或總碳 數6〜20的芳基。 作爲R X所表不的總碳數1〜1 2的垸基,例如可舉出甲 基 '乙基、丙基'丁基、己基、辛基、十二基等的無取代 烷基、以及具有醚基、硫醚基、酯基、醯胺基、胺基、胺 甲酸酯基、經基等的取代基之取代烷基。其中,較佳爲總 碳數1〜8的院基’更佳爲甲基、丁基、辛基。 -29- 200903161 作爲Rx所示的總碳數6〜2 0的芳基,例如可舉出苯基 、萘基、甲基苯基、甲氧基苯基、壬基苯基。其中,較佳 爲總碳數6〜1 5的芳基,更佳爲苯基、壬基苯基。 作爲RX,從撥水•撥油性能的觀點來看,較佳爲甲基 、丁基、辛基、苯基、壬基苯基。 於前述構造式(A)中,作爲L 1,較佳爲下述構造的連結 基或具有下述構造的至少1個之連結基。Here, 'R represents a hydrogen atom, a group having a total carbon number of 1 to 12, or an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 20. Examples of the fluorenyl group having a total carbon number of 1 to 1 2 represented by RX include an unsubstituted alkyl group such as a methyl 'ethyl group, a propyl 'butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, and a dodecyl group, and the like. A substituted alkyl group having a substituent of an ether group, a thioether group, an ester group, a decylamino group, an amine group, a carbamate group, a thiol group or the like. Among them, it is preferable that the base group of the total carbon number of 1 to 8 is more preferably a methyl group, a butyl group or an octyl group. -29-200903161 Examples of the aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 20 represented by Rx include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a methylphenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, and a nonylphenyl group. Among them, an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 15 is preferable, and a phenyl group or a nonylphenyl group is more preferable. As RX, a methyl group, a butyl group, an octyl group, a phenyl group or a nonylphenyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of water-repellent/oil-repellent properties. In the above structural formula (A), L 1 is preferably a linking group having the following structure or at least one linking group having the following structure.

0H0H

RY表示氫原子、甲基。 η表示2〜20的整數,較佳表示4〜12的整數。 Υ更佳爲單鍵、下述構造的連結基、或具有下述構造 C ^ 的至少1個之連結基。 -30- 200903161RY represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. η represents an integer of 2 to 20, preferably an integer of 4 to 12. The ruthenium is preferably a single bond, a linking group having the following structure, or at least one linking group having the following structure C ^ . -30- 200903161

η表示2〜20的整數,較佳表示4〜12的整數。 R3表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的烷基,較佳爲氫原子。 前述構造式(Α)中,Rf表示含氟的基。本發明中的Rf 較佳爲總碳數2〜8的氟院基,更佳爲總碳數4〜7的氟院 基。前述Rf可爲直鏈或支鍵。Rf較佳爲下述構造的含氟 基、或具有下述構造的基之含氟基。η represents an integer of 2 to 20, preferably an integer of 4 to 12. R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom. In the above structural formula (Α), Rf represents a fluorine-containing group. The Rf in the present invention is preferably a fluorine-based group having a total carbon number of 2 to 8, more preferably a fluorine-based group having a total carbon number of 4 to 7. The aforementioned Rf may be a straight chain or a bond. Rf is preferably a fluorine-containing group having the following structure or a fluorine-containing group having a group having the following structure.

十 CmF2# j ^CmF2mHTen CmF2# j ^CmF2mH

-31- 200903161 m表示1〜20的整數’ 較佳表示4〜12的整數’更佳 表示4〜7的整數。-31-200903161 m represents an integer of 1 to 20', preferably an integer of 4 to 12', more preferably an integer of 4 to 7.

基(Rx爲甲基、丁基、辛基 「前述構造的連結基或具有前述構造的至少1個之連結基 (R3爲氫原子)」,Rf係「前述構造的含氟基或具有前述構 造的基之含氣基」。 於上述「含有在側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位,主鏈構 造具有丙烯酸連結鏈的化合物」之中,較佳爲含有在側鏈 具有氟原子的重複單位與下述通式(1)所示的重複單位之含 氟化合物。再者,在側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位係如前述 ,較佳的態樣亦同樣。(Rx is a methyl group, a butyl group, or an octyl group "a linking group of the above-described structure or a linking group having at least one of the above structures (R3 is a hydrogen atom)", and Rf is a fluorine-containing group having the above structure or having the aforementioned structure In the above "a compound having a repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain and having a main chain structure having an acrylic linking chain", it is preferred to contain a repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain and The fluorine-containing compound of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1). Further, the repeating unit having a fluorine atom in the side chain is as described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.

通式(1)General formula (1)

L1—Y—CH—X R2 前述通式(1)中’ R1表示氫原子、或碳數丨〜5的烷基 ,R2表示氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜10的芳基 、或碳數2〜5的烷醯基。 -32- 200903161 作爲前述R1所示的碳數1〜5的院基,例如可舉出甲 基、乙基、丙基等。R2較佳表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的烷 基’其較佳的例子爲氫原子、甲基、苯基、丙基及乙醯基 。R1、R2各自獨立地較佳表示氫原子或甲基。 L1表示單鍵、或2價有機連結鏈。作爲L1所示的2價 有機連結鏈,較佳爲從伸烷基、伸芳基 '酯鍵、醚鍵、醯 胺鍵及2價雜環殘基所組成族群所選出的單獨之有機連結 基或此等的組合所組成的有機連結基。 於本發明中,從重複單位的聚合性、聚合物的溶解性 或成本的觀點來看,較佳爲含酯鍵及/或醯胺鍵的2價有機 連結基。又’從重複單位的聚合性、聚合物的耐熱性或成 本的觀點來看,L1較佳爲單鍵、伸芳基或2價雜環殘基。 作爲L 1所示的2價有機連結基之伸烷基,較佳爲總碳 數1〜1 〇的伸烷基,更佳爲總碳數1〜6的伸烷基。具體 地’可舉出亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丁基、伸庚基、伸己基、 伸十二基等。 作爲L1所示的2價有機連結基之伸芳基,較佳爲總碳 數6〜15的伸芳基,更佳爲總碳數6〜10的伸芳基。具體 地,可舉出伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基、伸聯苯基、二烷基 伸苯基等’此等亦可爲〇-取代物、p-取代物、及/或m-取 代物。 作爲L1所示的2價有機連結基之酯基,較佳爲羧酸酯 基、磺酸酯基、磷酸酯基等,更佳爲羧酸酯基。 作爲L 1所示的有機連結基之醯胺基,較佳爲羧酸醯胺 -33- 200903161 基、磺酸醯胺基、磷酸醯胺基等,更佳爲羧酸醯胺基。 作爲L1所示的有機連結基之醚基,較佳爲氧醚基、硫 醚基等,更佳爲氧醚基。 作爲L1所示的2價有機連結基之2價雜環殘基,例如 較佳爲從含有氮原子或氧原子當作環的構成員之5員環或 6員環而來的2價雜環殘基,更佳爲從吡啶環、嘧啶環、 吡畊環、噻唑環、苯并噻唑環、噚唑環、苯并噚唑環、異曙 唑環、吡唑環、咪唑環、喹啉環、噻二唑環等而來的 2價 雜環殘基,特佳爲從吡啶環、噻二唑環而來的2價雜環殘 基。 _ 於前述通式(1)中,X表示氯原子、溴原子、或碘原子 。其中,從構成彩色濾光片或液晶顯示元件時的液晶保持 電壓之安定性、脫色的抑制、取得性之點來看,較佳爲氯 原子或溴原子,更佳爲氯原子。 γ表示伸芳基、2價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧羰基。 作爲Y所示的伸芳基,較佳爲總碳數6〜1 5的伸芳基 ,更佳爲總碳數6〜1 0的伸芳基。具體地,可舉出伸苯基 、伸萘基、伸蒽基、伸聯苯基、二烷基伸苯基等,此等亦 可爲〇-取代物、p-取代物、及/或m-取代物。 作爲Y所示的2價雜環殘基,例如較佳爲從含有氮原 子或氧原子當作環的構成員之5員環或6員環而來的2價 雜環殘基’尤佳爲從吡啶環、嘧啶環、吡阱環、噻哇環、 苯并噻唑環、噚唑環、苯并噚唑環、異噚唑環、吡唑環、 咪哩環、嗤啉環或噻二唑環等而來的2價雜環殘基’更佳 -34- 200903161 爲從吡啶環或噻二哩環而來的2價雜環殘基。 於上述之中,γ較佳爲伸苯基、伸萘基、或羰基。 作爲可形成上述通式(1)所示的重複單位之化合物的市 售品,可舉出SEIMI CHEMICAL(股)製:CMS-P系列(商品 名)等。 以下’作爲通式(1)所示的重複單位的具體例子,顯示 重複單位(h-Ι)〜(h_37),惟本發明不受此等所限定。 再者’下述具體例子中,R表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的 烷基。 -35- 200903161L1—Y—CH—X R2 In the above formula (1), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨5, and R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6 to 10. An aryl group or an alkano group having a carbon number of 2 to 5. -32-200903161 Examples of the base of the carbon number of 1 to 5 represented by the above R1 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and the like. R2 preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Preferred examples thereof are a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a phenyl group, a propyl group and an ethyl fluorenyl group. R1 and R2 each independently preferably represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L1 represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking chain. The divalent organic linking chain represented by L1 is preferably a single organic linking group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an aryl group ester bond, an ether bond, a guanamine bond, and a divalent heterocyclic residue. Or an organic linking group composed of such combinations. In the present invention, from the viewpoint of the polymerizability of the repeating unit, the solubility of the polymer, or the cost, a divalent organic linking group containing an ester bond and/or a guanamine bond is preferred. Further, L1 is preferably a single bond, an extended aryl group or a divalent heterocyclic residue from the viewpoint of polymerizability of a repeating unit, heat resistance of a polymer, or cost. The alkylene group as the divalent organic linking group represented by L 1 is preferably an alkylene group having a total carbon number of 1 to 1 Å, more preferably an alkylene group having a total carbon number of 1 to 6. Specific examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethyl group, a butyl group, a heptyl group, a hexyl group, and a twelfth group. The extended aryl group of the divalent organic linking group represented by L1 is preferably an extended aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 15, more preferably an extended aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 10. Specific examples thereof include a phenylene group, an anthranyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenylene group, a dialkyl phenyl group, etc., which may also be oxime-substituted, p-substituted, and/or m- Substitute. The ester group of the divalent organic linking group represented by L1 is preferably a carboxylate group, a sulfonate group or a phosphate group, and more preferably a carboxylate group. The guanamine group as the organic linking group represented by L 1 is preferably a carboxylic acid decylamine-33-200903161 group, a sulfonium sulfonate group, a guanidinium phosphate group or the like, and more preferably a carboxylic acid guanamine group. The ether group as the organic linking group represented by L1 is preferably an oxygen ether group or a thioether group, and more preferably an oxygen ether group. The divalent heterocyclic residue of the divalent organic linking group represented by L1 is preferably a 2-membered heterocyclic ring derived from a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom as a ring member. More preferably, the residue is a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridinium ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an indazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, or a quinoline ring. The divalent heterocyclic residue derived from a thiadiazole ring or the like is particularly preferably a divalent heterocyclic residue derived from a pyridine ring or a thiadiazole ring. In the above formula (1), X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom. In particular, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferred from the viewpoint of stability of the liquid crystal holding voltage, suppression of discoloration, and availability in forming a color filter or a liquid crystal display element, and more preferably a chlorine atom. γ represents an extended aryl group, a divalent heterocyclic residue, a carbonyl group, or an oxycarbonyl group. The aryl group represented by Y is preferably an extended aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 15 and more preferably an extended aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 10. Specific examples thereof include a phenylene group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenylene group, a dialkyl phenyl group, etc., which may also be a ruthenium-substituent, a p-substituent, and/or m- Substitute. As the divalent heterocyclic residue represented by Y, for example, a divalent heterocyclic residue from a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom as a ring member is preferable. From a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyr trap ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiazole ring, an oxazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a oxime ring, a porphyrin ring or a thiadiazole The cyclic divalent heterocyclic residue 'better'-34-200903161 is a divalent heterocyclic residue derived from a pyridine ring or a thiodiazepine ring. Among the above, γ is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a carbonyl group. The commercial product of the compound which can form the repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1), the SEIMI CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. product: CMS-P series (trade name), etc. are mentioned. The following concrete examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) show repeating units (h-Ι) to (h_37), but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the following specific examples, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. -35- 200903161

(h-4) (h-3)(h-4) (h-3)

(h-6)(h-6)

(h-8)(h-8)

(h-11)(h-11)

O -36- 200903161O-36- 200903161

L (h-12) (h-14) (h-15) (h—16) (h-17) (h-18) (h-19) (h-20)L (h-12) (h-14) (h-15) (h-16) (h-17) (h-18) (h-19) (h-20)

-37- 200903161 (h-21) R1-37- 200903161 (h-21) R1

00

O (h-22)O (h-22)

OO

(h-25) (h-24)(h-25) (h-24)

οο

ϊ"1 200903161 (h-26) (h-27)ϊ"1 200903161 (h-26) (h-27)

(h-32) H (h-33)(h-32) H (h-33)

H 作爲本發明中的上述通式(1)所示的重複單位,R1係氫 原子或甲基,R2係氫原子、甲基或苯基,X係氯原子或溴 -39- 200903161 原子,Y係碳數6〜10的伸芳基或羰基,L1係單鍵、伸芳 基、2價雜環殘基或含酯鍵及/或醯胺鍵的2價有機連結基 較佳爲R1係氫原子,R2係氫原子,X係氯原子,γ係 羰基,L 1係酯鍵。 其中,較佳爲含有在側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位與τ 述通式(2)所示的重複單位之含氟化合物。再者,在側鏈具 有氟原子的重複單位係如前述,較佳的態樣亦同樣。H is a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) in the invention, R1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R2 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a phenyl group, an X-based chlorine atom or a bromine-39-200903161 atom, Y Is a aryl group or a carbonyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms; the L1 series single bond, an extended aryl group, a divalent heterocyclic residue or a divalent organic linking group containing an ester bond and/or a guanamine bond is preferably an R1 hydrogen group. An atom, an R 2 -based hydrogen atom, an X-based chlorine atom, a γ-based carbonyl group, and an L 1 -based ester bond. Among them, a fluorine-containing compound having a repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain and a repeating unit represented by a formula (2) in τ is preferable. Further, the repeating unit having a fluorine atom in the side chain is as described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.

通式(2) 前述通式(2)中,R1表示氫原子、或碳數ι〜5的院基 ’ R2表示氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜1〇的芳基 、或碳數2〜5的烷醯基,X表示氯原子、溴原子、或碘原 子’Υ表示伸芳基、2價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧羰基。Rl 、R2、X、及Y係與前述通式(1)中的Ri、r2、χ、及γ同 義,較佳的態樣亦同樣。 即述通式(2)中’ Z1表示酯基或醯胺基。作爲酯基,較 佳爲羧酸酯基、磺酸酯基、磷酸酯基等’更佳爲羧酸酯基 。作爲醯胺基,較佳爲羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基 '磷酸醯 -40- 200903161 胺基等,更佳爲羧酸醯胺基。 作爲Z1,最佳爲羧酸酯基、羧酸醯胺基。 又,L2表示單鍵或2價的有機連結鏈。作爲L2所示的 2價有機連結鏈,較佳爲從伸烷基、伸芳基、及2價雜環 殘基所組成族群所選出的單獨之有機連結基或此等的組合 所構成的有機連結基。此處的伸烷基、伸芳基、及2價雜 環殘基係與前述通式(1)中的L1之伸烷基、伸芳基、及2 價雜環殘基同義,較佳的態樣亦同樣。 作爲L2 ’最佳爲亞甲基、伸乙基。 再者,更佳爲含有在側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位與下 述通式(3)所不的重複單位之含氟化合物。而且,在側鏈具 有氟原子的重複單位係如前述,較佳的態樣亦同樣。 R1 ΊIn the above formula (2), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a group of carbon number 1-5, and R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a aryl group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms. A group or an alkano group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom 'Υ represents an extended aryl group, a divalent heterocyclic residue, a carbonyl group, or an oxycarbonyl group. R1, R2, X, and Y are the same as Ri, r2, χ, and γ in the above formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In the formula (2), 'Z1' represents an ester group or a guanamine group. The ester group is preferably a carboxylate group, a sulfonate group, a phosphate group or the like, more preferably a carboxylate group. The guanamine group is preferably a ruthenium carboxylate group, a sulfonium sulfonate group, a phosphonium hydride group - 40 - 200903161 amine group, etc., more preferably a ruthenium carboxylate group. As Z1, a carboxylate group or a carboxylic acid amine group is preferred. Further, L2 represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking chain. The divalent organic linking chain represented by L2 is preferably an organic organic linking group selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an extended aryl group, and a divalent heterocyclic residue, or an organic combination thereof. Linkage base. The alkylene, aryl, and divalent heterocyclic residues herein are synonymous with the alkyl, aryl, and divalent heterocyclic residues of L1 in the above formula (1), preferably The same is true. As L2', it is preferably a methylene group or an ethyl group. Further, it is more preferably a fluorine-containing compound containing a repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain and a repeating unit which is not in the following formula (3). Further, the repeating unit having a fluorine atom in the side chain is as described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. R1 Ί

通式(3)General formula (3)

Z2—Y—CH—XZ2—Y—CH—X

前述通式(3)中’ R1表示氫原子或碳數1〜$的烷基, R2表示氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜1〇的芳基、 或碳數2〜5的烷醯基,X表示氯原子、溴原子、或捵原子 ,Y表示伸芳基、2價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧羰基。Rl、 -41- 200903161 R 、X、及Y係與刖述通式(1)中的Ri、r2、X、及γ同義 ,較佳的態樣亦同樣。 即述通式(3)中’ Ζ2表示單鍵、伸芳基、或雜環殘基。 作爲Ζ2所示的伸芳基’較佳爲總碳數6〜丨5的伸芳基 ,更佳爲總碳數6〜10的伸芳基。具體地,可舉出伸苯基 、伸萘基、伸蒽基、伸聯苯基、二烷基伸苯基等,此等亦 可爲〇-取代物、P-取代物、及/或m —取代物。 作爲Z2所示的雜環殘基’例如較佳爲從含有氮原子或 氧原子當作環的構成員之5員環或6員環而來的2價雜環 殘基’更佳爲從吡啶環、嘧啶環、吡畊環、噻唑環、苯并 噻哩環、曙哩環、苯并Bf π坐環、異曙哗環、卩比d坐環、咪n坐 環、喹啉環、噻二唑環等而來的2價雜環殘基,特佳爲從 吡啶環、噻二唑環而來的2價雜環殘基。 作爲Z2,最佳爲單鍵 '伸苯基、吡啶環殘基。 於上述中,作爲本發明的含氟化合物,從撥水·撥油 性能觀點來看,特佳爲含有在側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位 ; 與前述通式(3)所示的重複單位之含氟化合物,前述通式 (3)中,R1係氫原子,R2係氫原子,X係氯原子,Y係單鍵 ,Z2係氧羰基。 又,本發明中的含氟化合物,按照需要,在不損害耐 熱性的範圍內,亦可以含有此處所舉出的以外構造之重複 單位。一般地,具有分子量小的重複單位之含氟化合物’ 大多爲耐熱性會降低而不宜,因此爲了不損害耐熱性’採 用具有分子量大的重複單位之含氟化合物。作爲分子量大 -42- 200903161 的重複單位,例如可舉出在側鏈具有聚醚構造的重複單位 等。作爲在側鏈具有聚醚構造的重複單位,可舉出聚環氧 乙烷、聚環氧丙烷、聚四氫呋喃等,此等亦可複數地組合 〇 更佳可舉出以下的構造式(B)。In the above formula (3), 'R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to US carbon atoms, and R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 2 An alkyl group of ~5, X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or a ruthenium atom, and Y represents an extended aryl group, a divalent heterocyclic residue, a carbonyl group or an oxycarbonyl group. Rl, -41- 200903161 R, X, and Y are synonymous with Ri, r2, X, and γ in the above formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In the formula (3), 'Ζ2' represents a single bond, an extended aryl group or a heterocyclic residue. The aryl group represented by Ζ2 is preferably an extended aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 丨5, more preferably an extended aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 10. Specific examples thereof include a phenylene group, an anthranyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenylene group, a dialkyl phenyl group, etc., which may also be a ruthenium-substituent, a P-substituent, and/or m- Substitute. The heterocyclic residue represented by Z2 is preferably, for example, a divalent heterocyclic residue from a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom as a ring member, and more preferably a pyridine. Ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridinium ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazepine ring, anthracene ring, benzo Bf π ring, isoindole ring, fluorene d ring, im n ring, quinoline ring, thiophene The divalent heterocyclic residue derived from the oxadiazole ring or the like is particularly preferably a divalent heterocyclic residue derived from a pyridine ring or a thiadiazole ring. As Z2, it is preferred that the single bond is a phenyl group or a pyridine ring residue. In the above, the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention is particularly preferably a repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain from the viewpoint of water-repellent and oil-repellent properties; and a repeating unit represented by the above formula (3) The fluorine-containing compound, in the above formula (3), R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is a hydrogen atom, X is a chlorine atom, a Y-based single bond, and a Z2-based oxycarbonyl group. Further, the fluorine-containing compound in the present invention may contain a repeating unit of a structure other than those exemplified herein, as long as the heat resistance is not impaired as needed. In general, a fluorine-containing compound having a repeating unit having a small molecular weight is often unfavorable in heat resistance, and therefore, a fluorine-containing compound having a repeating unit having a large molecular weight is used in order not to impair heat resistance. The repeating unit having a large molecular weight of -42 to 200903161 may, for example, be a repeating unit having a polyether structure in a side chain. Examples of the repeating unit having a polyether structure in the side chain include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, polytetrahydrofuran, and the like. These may be plurally combined, and the following structural formula (B) is more preferable. .

--Μ一"R4 前述構造式(B)中,R2表示氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基 ,較佳表示氫原子、甲基、羥甲基。 前述構造式(B)中,η較佳爲6〜40,更佳爲9〜30,特 佳爲12〜24。 前述構造式(Β)中,L2較佳爲單鍵或二價連結基。作爲 (/ 二價連結基’更佳爲以下的構造式。- Μ1" R4 In the above structural formula (B), R2 represents a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a hydroxymethyl group. In the above structural formula (B), η is preferably from 6 to 40, more preferably from 9 to 30, particularly preferably from 12 to 24. In the above structural formula (Β), L2 is preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group. The (/divalent linking group) is more preferably the following structural formula.

L2較佳爲單鍵。 前述構造式(B)中,Μ表示聚環氧乙烷的重複單位、聚 環氧丙烷的重複單位、或聚四氫呋喃的重複單位。再者, 作爲Μ,更佳爲具有以下構造的基。 -43- 200903161L2 is preferably a single bond. In the above structural formula (B), Μ represents a repeating unit of polyethylene oxide, a repeating unit of polypropylene oxide, or a repeating unit of polytetrahydrofuran. Further, as the hydrazine, a group having the following structure is more preferable. -43- 200903161

R5表示氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基。1表示2〜20的整 數,較佳表示4〜12的整數。 作爲Μ ’較佳爲前述(a)所表示的環氧乙烷鏈,r5較佳 爲氫原子。 前述構造式(B)中,R4表示氫原子、碳數1〜20的烷基 、或6〜1 5的芳基。 R4表示氫原子、碳數1〜20的烷基、6〜15的芳基, 該烷基、芳基亦可具有取代基。 作爲R4的烷基,較佳可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、己基 、辛基、十八基,更佳爲甲基、辛基。 作爲R4的芳基,較佳爲苯基、甲基苯基、壬基苯基、 甲氧基苯基等,更佳爲苯基、壬基苯基。 作爲R4,較佳爲烷基、芳基。此等係被稱爲封端型的 聚醚構造,最佳爲該構造。R4最佳爲甲基、苯基。 作爲具有前述聚醚構造的乙烯基化合物之市售品,可 舉出日本油脂(股)製:Blenmer PME200、PME 5 5 0、 PME1000 、 50POEP-800P 、 ALE800 、 PE1300 、 ANE1300 、 PSE-1300、PMEP-1200B041MA、PE3 5 0、PP 800、新中村 化學(股)製:NK Ester AM130G、M230G、OC-18E、A-SAL-9E、A-CMP-5E、共榮社(股)製:Light Ester 041MA 等(以上皆商品名)。 具有酸性基的重複單位 -44- 200903161 作爲本發明中的含氟化合物,較佳爲具有上述在側鏈 具有氟原子的重複單位,及上述通式(1)所示的重複單位, 以及具有酸性基的重複單位。 前述具有酸性基的重複單位較佳爲在側鏈具有酸性基 者。作爲前述酸性基,可舉出羧基、磺酸基、亞磺酸基、 膦酸基、次膦酸基、磷酸基。本發明中的酸性基較佳爲羧 基。 作爲可形成在側鏈具有羧基的重複單位之單體’並沒 有特別的限制,可從眾所周知的單體之中適當地選擇。作 爲眾所周知的單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯基苯 甲酸、馬來酸、馬來酸單烷酯、富馬酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸 、肉桂酸、山梨酸、α-氰基肉桂酸、丙烯酸二聚物、具羥 基的單體與環狀酸酐的加成反應物、ω-羧基-聚己內酯單( 甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此等可以使用適宜製造者或市售品。 作爲前述具羥基的單體與環狀酸酐的加成反應物所用 的具羥基的單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯等。 作爲前述環狀酸酐,例如可舉出馬來酸酐、苯二甲酸酐、 環己烷二羧酸酐等。 作爲前述市售品,可舉出東亞合成化學工業(股)製: Aronix Μ- 5 3 00、Aronix Μ-5 400、Aronix Μ- 5 5 00、Aronix M- 5 600、新中村化學工業(股)製:NK Ester CB-1、NK Ester CBX-1、共榮社油脂化學工業(股)製:HOA-MP、 HOA-MS、大阪有機化學工業(股)製:Biscoat #2100等( 以上皆商品名)。於此等之中,從顯像性優異、低成本之點 -45- 200903161 來看,較佳爲(甲基)丙烯酸等。 本發明中的含氟化合物,除了具有上述具有氟原子的 重複單位及上述通式(1)所示的重複單位,亦可更具有上述 具有酸性基的重複單位以外的其它重複單位。作爲能形成 其它重複單位的單體,只要能形成與上述具有氟原子的重 複單位及上述通式(1)所示的重複單位之共聚合物即可,例 如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、苯乙烯類、乙烯基烷酸酯類 等。 ) 作爲上述可共聚合的(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,較佳爲可有取 代基的碳數1〜50的甲基丙烯酸烷酯、可有取代基的碳數 6〜30的芳基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、碳數2〜50的聚氧化烯(甲 基)。再者,更佳爲碳數1〜40的烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、碳 數〜50的聚伸烷基,例如較佳爲(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 十八酯、己內酯改性(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚環氧乙烷(甲基) 〇 丙烯酸酯、聚環氧丙烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 作爲上述可共聚合的苯乙烯類,較佳爲乙烯基在碳數6 〜20的苯基取代者、乙烯基在碳數1〇〜20的萘基取代者 、乙烯基在碳數14〜20的蒽基取代者,亦可具有乙烯基 以外的取代基。再者,更佳爲乙烯基在碳數6〜10的苯基 取代者、乙烯基在碳數〜15的萘基取代者、乙烯基在 碳數14〜18的蒽基取代者’例如較佳爲苯乙烯、丁基苯 乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、α -甲基苯乙烯 '乙烯基萘、乙烯基 -46- 200903161 蒽。 作爲上述可共聚合的乙烯基烷酸酯類,較佳爲碳數4〜 20的烷基乙烯酯、碳數9〜20的芳基乙烯酯。再者,更佳 爲碳數4〜10的烷基乙烯酯、碳數9〜15的芳基乙烯酯, 例如醋酸乙烯酯、丁酸乙烯酯、十二酸乙烯酯、苯甲酸乙 烯酯等。 含氟化合物在感光性樹脂組成物中的含量,對於樹脂 組成物的總固體成分而言,較佳爲〇 · 〇 1〜3 0質量%,尤佳 爲0.05〜20質量%,更佳爲0.1〜10質量%。含氟化合物 的含量若在前述範圍內,則可得到更良好的撥水·撥墨性 ,抑制對組成物不存在的區域之附著,在基板上形成膜時 亦可提高基板密接性。例如,於含有黑色顏料等的著色劑 而形成黑色矩陣等的離畫壁之情況’藉由噴墨法來給予液 滴以形成著色區域時,可抑制印墨對離畫壁上的蔓延,可 防止混色,同時可製作基板密接性及色濃度高的離畫壁。 於本發明中的含氟化合物中’較佳爲:在側鏈具有氟 原子的重複單位係前述重複單位(a·1)、(a·2)、(a_6)、(a_9) 、(a-10)或(a-15),上述通式(1)所示的重複單位係前述重 複單位(h-1)、 (h-5)、 (h-10)、 (h-11)、 (h-15)或(h-21),具 有酸性基的重複單位係丙烯酸。 又,於本發明中的含氟化合物中’較佳爲:在側鏈具 有氟原子的重複單位之含量’對於該含氟化合物的總重量 而言,係30〜7〇質量%,上述通式(1)所示的重複單位之 含量,對於該含氟化合物的總重量而言’係1〜3 0質量% -47- 200903161 ,具有酸性基的重複單位之含量,對於該含氟化合物的總 重量而言,係〇〜30質量%。 以下,顯示本發明的含氟化合物之具體例子。但是, 本發明不受此等所限制。再者,各成分的組成比可在前述 較佳的組成比的範圍內作選擇。R5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. 1 represents an integer of 2 to 20, preferably an integer of 4 to 12. The oxime is preferably an ethylene oxide chain represented by the above (a), and r5 is preferably a hydrogen atom. In the above structural formula (B), R4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms. R4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aryl group of 6 to 15, and the alkyl group or the aryl group may have a substituent. The alkyl group of R4 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group or an octadecyl group, more preferably a methyl group or an octyl group. The aryl group of R4 is preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, a nonylphenyl group or a methoxyphenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group or a nonylphenyl group. R4 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group. These are referred to as capped polyether structures and are best constructed. R4 is most preferably methyl or phenyl. Commercial products of the vinyl compound having the polyether structure include Japanese fats and oils: Blenmer PME200, PME 550, PME1000, 50POEP-800P, ALE800, PE1300, ANE1300, PSE-1300, PMEP -1200B041MA, PE3 5 0, PP 800, Xinzhongcun Chemical Co., Ltd.: NK Ester AM130G, M230G, OC-18E, A-SAL-9E, A-CMP-5E, Kyoeisha Co., Ltd.: Light Ester 041MA, etc. (all of the above). Repeating unit having an acidic group -44-200903161 The fluorine-containing compound in the present invention preferably has the above repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain, and a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1), and having an acidity The repeating unit of the base. The above repeating unit having an acidic group preferably has an acidic group in the side chain. Examples of the acidic group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfinic acid group, a phosphonic acid group, a phosphinic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. The acidic group in the present invention is preferably a carboxyl group. The monomer ' which can form a repeating unit having a carboxyl group in a side chain is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from well-known monomers. Examples of well-known monomers include (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, sorbic acid, and α. - an addition reaction of a cyanocinnamic acid, an acrylic acid dimer, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer with a cyclic acid anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate, or the like. These may be used by a suitable manufacturer or a commercial product. The hydroxyl group-containing monomer used for the addition reaction of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer and the cyclic acid anhydride may, for example, be 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the cyclic acid anhydride include maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, and cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride. As the aforementioned commercial products, the East Asian Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. can be cited: Aronix Μ- 5 3 00, Aronix Μ-5 400, Aronix Μ- 5 5 00, Aronix M- 5 600, Xinzhongcun Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. System: NK Ester CB-1, NK Ester CBX-1, Kyoeisha Oil Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.: HOA-MP, HOA-MS, Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.: Biscoat #2100, etc. Product name). Among them, (meth)acrylic acid or the like is preferred from the viewpoint of excellent imageability and low cost -45 to 200903161. The fluorine-containing compound of the present invention may further have a repeating unit other than the repeating unit having the acidic group, in addition to the above-mentioned repeating unit having a fluorine atom and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1). The monomer capable of forming another repeating unit may be a copolymer of a repeating unit having a fluorine atom and a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1), and examples thereof include a (meth) acrylate. Classes, styrenes, vinyl alkanoates, and the like. As the copolymerizable (meth) acrylate, a methacrylic acid alkyl ester having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are preferable. A acrylate, a polyoxyalkylene (methyl) having a carbon number of 2 to 50. Further, an alkyl (meth) acrylate having a carbon number of 1 to 40 and a polyalkylene group having a carbon number of 50 to 50 are more preferably, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate or ethyl (meth)acrylate. , (meth) propyl acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate, caprolactone modification (A Acrylate, polyethylene oxide (meth) oxime acrylate, polypropylene oxide (meth) acrylate, and the like. The above-mentioned copolymerizable styrene is preferably a phenyl group having a vinyl group of 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a naphthyl group having a vinyl group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a vinyl group having a carbon number of 14 to 20 The thiol substituent may also have a substituent other than a vinyl group. Further, more preferably, the vinyl group is substituted with a phenyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 10, a naphthyl group having a vinyl group of 15 to 15 or a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 14 to 18 is preferred. It is styrene, butyl styrene, methoxy styrene, α-methyl styrene 'vinyl naphthalene, vinyl - 46- 200903161 蒽. The above-mentioned copolymerizable vinyl alkanoate is preferably an alkyl vinyl ester having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl vinyl ester having 9 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, an alkyl vinyl ester having 4 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl vinyl ester having 9 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include vinyl acetate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl dodecanoate, and vinyl benzoate. The content of the fluorine-containing compound in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably from 0.05 to 20% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. ~10% by mass. When the content of the fluorine-containing compound is within the above range, more water-repellent and ink-repellent properties can be obtained, and adhesion to a region where the composition does not exist can be suppressed, and when the film is formed on the substrate, the substrate adhesion can be improved. For example, when a coloring agent containing a black pigment or the like is formed to form a black matrix or the like, the ink is applied to the liquid droplets to form a colored region, thereby suppressing the spread of the ink on the paint wall. Prevents color mixing, and at the same time, it can produce a wall with high substrate density and high color density. In the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention, it is preferred that the repeating unit having a fluorine atom in a side chain is the above-mentioned repeating unit (a·1), (a·2), (a_6), (a_9), (a- 10) or (a-15), the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) is the above repeating units (h-1), (h-5), (h-10), (h-11), (h) -15) or (h-21), a repeating unit having an acidic group is acrylic acid. Further, in the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention, 'preferably, the content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom in the side chain' is 30 to 7 % by mass based on the total weight of the fluorine-containing compound, and the above formula (1) The content of the repeating unit shown is '1 to 30% by mass to 47 to 200903161 for the total weight of the fluorine-containing compound, and the content of the repeating unit having an acidic group, for the total of the fluorine-containing compound In terms of weight, it is 〇30% by mass. Specific examples of the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention are shown below. However, the invention is not limited by these. Further, the composition ratio of each component can be selected within the range of the above preferred composition ratio.

200903161200903161

BrBr

C4F g ΟC4F g Ο

Ο^ΌΗΟ^ΌΗ

。八OH O入〇CH3. Eight OH O into CH3

Ο入ΟΗ 〇"^。181~137Enter ΟΗ 〇"^. 181~137

(C2H40)n-CH3 -49- 200903161(C2H40)n-CH3 -49- 200903161

ofOf

0 ci0 ci

OHOH

O 八丫八'C6F13 OH (C2H40)n-CH3O 八八八'C6F13 OH (C2H40)n-CH3

H,NH,N

O人OH 13 (C2H40)n-CH3O human OH 13 (C2H40) n-CH3

CH2CICH2CI

^6^13 o (C2H4〇)n-CH3^6^13 o (C2H4〇)n-CH3

Cl 6^13 O^X) 0 (C2H40)n-CH3Cl 6^13 O^X) 0 (C2H40)n-CH3

OO

ClCl

O^OHO^OH

CeFi3 O^^OCzH^—(COC5H10O)n -50- 200903161CeFi3 O^^OCzH^—(COC5H10O)n -50- 200903161

ch2c6f13 ο o^Sdh (COC5H10O)rCh2c6f13 ο o^Sdh (COC5H10O)r

O人0C2H40—(COC5H10O)n-HO people 0C2H40—(COC5H10O)n-H

ClCl

o^Ndh 6「13O^Ndh 6"13

CfiF a^o (C2H4〇)ri-CH3CfiF a^o (C2H4〇)ri-CH3

O^X) (C2H40)n-CH3 4 )黏結劑 -51- 200903161 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物,除了上述成分,亦可合 適地使用至少1種的黏結劑來構成。 作爲黏結劑,較佳爲在側鏈具有羧酸基或羧酸鹽基等 的極性基之聚合物。作爲其例子,可舉出特開昭5 9 -44 6 1 5 號公報、特公昭5 4 - 3 4 3 2 7號公報、特公昭5 8 - 1 2 5 7 7號公 報、特公昭54-25957號公報、特開昭59-53836號公報、 及特開昭59-71048號公報中記載的甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙 烯酸共聚物、伊康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、馬來酸共聚 物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物等。又,亦可舉出在側鏈具有 羧酸基的纖維素衍生物。此外,亦可較佳地使用在具有羥 基的聚合物附加有環狀酸酐者。 又,作爲特佳的例子,可舉出美國專利第4 1 3 93 9 1號 說明書中記載的(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯與(甲基)丙烯酸的共聚 物、或(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯與(甲基)丙烯酸和其它單體的多 元共聚物。此等具有極性基的黏結劑聚合物可被單獨使用 ,或亦可以與通常的膜形成性聚合物倂用而成組成物的狀 態使用。 黏結劑在樹脂組成物中的含量,對於樹脂組成物的總 固體成分而言,一般爲20〜50質量% ’較佳爲25〜45質 量 0/〇。 5)色材 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以使用至少1種的色材 來構成。 作爲色材,可以使用眾所周知的著色劑(染料、顏料等) -52- 200903161 ,具體地可合適地使用特開20 0 5 - 1 77 1 6號公報[003 8 ]〜 [00 54]中記載的顏料及染料、或特開20〇4-36 1 447號公報 [0068]〜[0072]中記載的顏料、特開 2005-17521號公報 [0080]〜[00 8 8]中記載的著色劑等。 於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中,可合適地使用有機 顏料、無機顏料、染料等。特別地,於以本發明的感光性 樹脂組成物來構成遮光性的離畫壁形成用時,可以使用碳 材料(碳黑等)、氧化鈦、四氧化三鐵等的金屬氧化物粉、 金屬硫化物粉、金屬粉等的遮光材料、及紅、藍、綠色等 的顏料之混合物等。其中,較佳爲碳黑。 於使用顏料時,較佳爲使均勻分散於感光性樹脂組成 物中。 色材在樹脂組成物中的含量,從縮短顯像時間的觀點 來看,對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分而言,較佳爲3 0〜7 0 質量%,尤佳爲4 0〜6 0質量%,更佳爲5 0〜5 5質量%。 顏料較佳爲當作分散液來使用。該分散液係可藉由將 顏料與顏料分散劑預先混合而得的組成物,添加及分散在 後述的有機溶劑(或媒液)中而調製成。上述媒液係指在塗 料成液體狀態時使顏料分散的媒質部分,包括與液狀的上 述顏料結合而鞏固塗膜的部分(黏結劑)、及用於溶解稀釋 它的成分(有機溶劑)。作爲使上述顏料分散時而使用的分 散機’並沒有特別的限制,例如可舉出「顏料的事典」(朝 倉邦造著、第一版、朝倉書店、2000年、第438頁)中所 記載的捏合機、輥磨機、立式球磨機、超級硏磨機、溶解 -53- 200903161 器、均質混合機、砂磨機等習知的分散機。再者,亦可藉 由該文獻第310頁記載的機械磨碎,利用摩擦力作微粉碎 〇 色材(顏料)的粒徑,從分散安定性的觀點來看,數平均 粒徑較佳爲0.001〜ο.ίμιη,更佳爲0_01〜0.08μιη。再者, 「粒徑」係指以微粒子的電子顯微鏡照片影像當作同面積 的圓時之直徑,「數平均粒徑」係指求得1 〇〇個粒子的粒 徑,將其平均之平均値。 6)其它 於感光性樹脂組成物中,除了前述1)〜5)的成分,亦 可添加下述的溶劑、界面活性劑、熱聚合防止劑、紫外線 吸收劑等。此外,亦可添加特開平1 1 - 1 3 3 600號公報中所 記載的「黏著助劑」或其它添加劑等的其它成分。 溶劑 於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中,除了上述成分,亦 可更使用溶劑。作爲溶劑的例子,可舉出甲基乙基酮、丙 ^ 二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯、環己酮、環己醇 、甲基異丁基酮、乳酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、己內醯胺等。 界面活性劑 於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中,從可控制均一的膜 厚、有效果地防止塗布不均之觀點來看,較佳爲在該感光 性樹脂組成物中適當地含有界面活性劑。 作爲界面活性劑,合適者可舉出特開2003 -3 3 7424號 公報、特開平1 1 - 1 3 3 600號公報中所揭示的界面活性劑。 -54- 200903161 熱聚合防止劑 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物較佳爲含有熱聚合防止劑 〇 作爲熱聚合防止劑的例子,可舉出氫酿、氫醌單甲基 醚、對甲氧基酚、二第三丁基對甲酚 '焦培酚、第三丁基 兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫雙(3 -甲基-6 -第三丁基酚)' 2,2’-亞 甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基酚)、2-锍基苯并咪唑、啡噻阱 等。 紫外線吸收劑 於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中,視需要可含有紫外 線吸收劑。作爲紫外線吸收劑,可舉出特開平5-72724號 公報記載的化合物、以及水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并 三唑系、氰基丙烯酸酯系、鎳螯合物系、受阻胺系等。 具體地,可舉出水楊酸苯酯、4-第三丁基苯基水楊酸 酯、2,4-二第三丁基苯基-3,,5,-二第三-4’-羥基苯甲酸酯、 4-第三丁基苯基水楊酸酯、2,4 -二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4 -甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-正辛氧基二苯甲酮、2-(2’-羥基-5,-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-第三丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5 -氯苯并三唑、乙基-2-氰基-3,3 -二苯基丙烯酸 酯、2,2’-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、鎳二丁基二硫代胺甲酸 酯、雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-吡啶)-癸二酸酯、4-第三丁基苯 基水楊酸酯、水楊酸苯酯、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌畊縮 合物、琥珀酸-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)-酯、2-[2-羥 基-3,5-雙(α,α-二甲基苄基)苯基]-2H-苯并三唑、7-{[4-氯- -55- 200903161 6_(二乙胺基)-5-三畊-2-基]胺基}-3-苯基香豆素等。 感光性轉印材料 本發明的感光性轉印材料,係由在臨時支撐體上設置 至少使用前述本發明的感光性樹脂組成物所形成的感光性 樹脂層者而構成者。由於使用感光性轉印材料,可容易且 低成本地形成離畫壁。又,視需要更可在臨時支撐體與感 光性樹脂層之間設置能隔氧的保護層(以下亦稱爲「隔氧層 」)或熱塑性樹脂層等的其它層。 使用隔氧層時,感光性樹脂層由於被隔氧層保護而防 止大氣,故自動地成爲貧氧氣氛下。因此,有曝光不必在 惰性氣體下或減壓下進行,可照原樣地利用現狀的步驟, 可高感度化、高硬度化的優點。如後述地,亦可使用臨時 支撐體當作「能隔氧的保護層」,該情況係不必設置隔氧 層,有助於步驟數目的減少。隔氧層的詳細係如後述。 於感光性轉印材料中,在臨時支撐體與感光性樹脂層 之間,或具有隔氧層時在臨時支撐體與隔氧層之間,亦可 設置熱塑性樹脂層。熱塑性樹脂層係爲具有鹼可溶性,至 少含有實質軟化點爲8 0 °C以下的樹脂成分,具備緩衝性的 層。藉由設置如此的熱塑性樹脂層,可得到與永久支撐體 良好的密接性。 作爲軟化點爲8 0 °C以下的鹼可溶性熱塑性樹脂,可舉 出乙烯與丙烯酸酯共聚物的皂化物、苯乙烯與(甲基)丙烯 酸酯共聚物的皂化物 '乙烯基甲苯與(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚 物的皂化物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯與醋 -56- 200903161 酸乙烯酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物等之皂化物等。 於熱塑性樹脂層中,可適當地選擇使用上述熱塑性樹 脂中的至少一種,再者可以使用「塑膠性能便覽」(日本塑 膠工業聯盟,全日本塑膠成形工業連合會編著,工業調査 會發行,1 9 6 8年1 〇月2 5日發行)之軟化點約8 0 °C以下的 有機高分子之內的可溶於鹼水溶液者。 又,就軟化點爲80°C以上的有機高分子物質而言,藉 由在該有機高分子物質中添加與該高分子物質有相溶性的 各種可塑劑,將實質的軟化點降低到8 0 °C以下也可使用。 再者,於此等的有機高分子物質中,以調節與臨時支撐體 的黏著力爲目的,在實質的軟化點不超過80 °C的範圍內, 亦可添加各種聚合物或過冷卻物質、密接改良劑或界面活 性劑、脫模劑等。 作爲較佳的可塑劑之具體例子,可舉出聚丙二醇、聚 乙二醇、酞酸二辛酯、酞酸二庚酯、酞酸二丁酯、磷酸三 甲苯酯、磷酸甲苯基二苯酯、磷酸聯苯基二苯酯等。 作爲構成感光性轉印材料的臨時支撐體,可從化學且 熱安定的可撓性物質所構成者中作適當的選擇。具體地, 較佳爲鐵氟龍(註冊商標)、聚對酞酸乙二酯、聚碳酸酯、 聚乙烯、聚丙烯等、薄片或此等的積層體。上述臨時支撐 體的厚度適當地係5〜300μηι,較佳係20〜150μιη。若在該 厚度範圍內,能以不使臨時支撐體破損之方式容易地剝離 ,即使隔著臨時支撐體也能進行解析度良好之曝光。 上述具體例子之中,特佳爲2軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯 -57- 200903161 薄膜。 於感光性樹脂層之上,爲了保護以防止儲存時的污染 或損傷,較佳爲設置薄的覆蓋片。覆蓋片雖然可由與臨時 支撐體相同或類似的材料所形成,但是必須能與感光性樹 脂層容易分離。作爲覆蓋片材料,例如聚矽氧紙、聚烯烴 或聚四親乙嫌片係適當的。再者,覆蓋片的厚度一般爲4 〜40μιη’較佳爲5〜30μιη,特佳爲10〜25μηι。 基板 於本發明中,作爲基板(永久支撐體),可以使用玻璃、 陶瓷、合成樹脂薄膜等。特佳可舉出透明性且尺寸安定性 良好的玻璃或合成樹脂薄膜。 離畫壁及其形成方法 本發明的離畫壁之形成方法,係至少設置以下步驟而 構成:使用(在基板的至少一面)前述本發明的感光性樹脂 組成物、或本發明的感光性轉印材料,形成感光性樹脂層 的感光性樹脂層形成;將所形成的感光性樹脂層曝光的曝 光;將所曝光的感光性樹脂層顯像的顯像;對由顯像所得 之感光性樹脂層所成的圖案畫像作加熱處理的加熱處理。 本發明的離畫壁係藉由本發明的離畫壁之形成方法所 形成’將2個以上的畫素群(例如色相不同的複數色的畫素 群)之各畫素間離隔者,一般多爲黑(濃色),但不限定於黑 色。作爲濃色的著色劑,較佳爲有機物(染料、顔料等的各 種色素、碳材料)、無機物。 又’本發明的附有離畫壁之基板,係藉由本發明的離 -58- 200903161 畫壁之形成方法在基板的至少一面上形成離畫壁而成者, 由在基板與在該基板上設置由本發明的離畫壁之形成方法 所形成的離畫壁而構成者。 感光性樹脂層形成步驟 感光性樹脂層形成步驟’例如係藉由在基板的至少〜 面上’使用前述本發明的樹脂組成物中具有感光性的感光 性樹脂組成物’或藉由使用前述本發明的感光性轉印材料 來形成感光性樹脂層。 作爲使用感光性樹脂組成物來形成感光性樹脂層的方 法,並沒有特別的限定’例如可藉由縫塗布等眾所周知的 塗布方法,在基板上塗布感光性樹脂組成物而形成。又, 按照需要’在塗布後亦可進行預烘烤。 作爲使用感光性轉印材料來形成感光性樹脂層的方法 ’並沒有特別的限定’例如可如以下地來形成。即: 於臨時支撐體上’從該臨時支撐體側,準備依順序設 有隔氧層、感光性樹脂層、保護該感光性樹脂層的覆蓋片 之光性轉印材料。首先’將覆蓋片剝離去除後,將所露出 的感光性樹脂層之表面貼合在永久支撐體即基板上,通過 層合機等作加熱、加壓而積層(積層體)。層合機,可以使 用從習知的層合機、真空層合機等中所適當選出者,爲了 更提高生產性’亦可使用自動切割層合機。 接著’於臨時支撐體與隔氧層之間剝離,從前述積層 體去除臨時支撐體’而在基板上轉印形成感光性樹脂層與 隔氧層。 -59- 200903161 曝光步驟及顯像步驟 於曝光步驟中,前述積層體的臨時支撐體去除後的去 除面(隔酸層面)與所欲的光罩(例如石英曝光光罩)成面對 面地配置,於該積層體與光罩在垂直豎立的狀態下’適當 地設定光罩面與感光性樹脂層之間的距離(例如2 00’ 作曝光。 曝光例如係使用具有超高壓水銀燈的近接型曝光機(例 如曰立高科技電子工程(股)製)等來進行,曝光量可適宜( 例如300mJ/cm2)地選擇。 作爲曝光所用的光源,可舉出中壓〜超高壓水銀燈、 氙燈、金屬鹵化物燈等。 離畫壁,從提高光感度即硬化度之點來看’較佳爲在 貧氧氣氛下使感光性樹脂層曝光,然後顯像而形成。此處 ,貧氧雰圍氣下係指在惰性氣體下、減壓下、能隔氧的保 護層(以下亦稱爲「隔氧層」)下,詳細係如以下。 前述惰性氣體下係指暴露於N2、h2、co2等的惰性氣 體或He、Ne、Ar等的稀有氣體類等的氣氛中。其中,從 安全性或取得的容易性、成本的問題來看,惰性氣體較佳 爲N2。 前述減壓下係指在5 00hPa以下、較佳在l〇〇hPa以下 的狀態。 作爲前述能隔氧的保護層,例如可舉出特開昭4 6 - 2 1 2 1 號或特公昭56-40824號的各公報中所記載的聚乙烯醚/馬 來酸酐聚合物、羧烷基纖維素的水溶性鹽、水溶性纖維素 -60- 200903161 醚類、竣院基源粉的水溶性鹽、聚乙嫌醇、聚乙嫌吡略陡 酮、各種聚丙烯醯胺類、各種水溶性聚醯胺、聚丙烯酸的 水溶性鹽、明膠、環氧乙烷聚合物、各種澱粉及其類似物 所組成族群之水溶性鹽、苯乙烯/馬來酸的共聚合物、馬來 酸酯樹脂、及此等之二種以上的組合等。於此等之中’特 佳爲聚乙烯醇與聚乙烯吡咯啶酮的組合。 又,聚乙烯醇的皂化率較佳爲80%以上,聚乙烯吡咯 啶酮的含量,對於鹼可溶性感光性樹脂層的固體成分而言 ,較佳爲1〜7 5質量。/。,尤佳爲1〜5 0質量%,更佳爲1 0 〜40質量%。 又,於隔氧層中可以使用各種薄膜。例如,以PET爲 首的聚酯類、以耐隆爲首的聚醯胺類、乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯共 聚物(EVA類)亦可適用。此等薄膜視需要亦可被拉伸,厚 度爲5〜300μιη係適當,較佳爲20〜150μηι。 特別地,於使用感光性轉印材料來形成離畫壁時,可 合適地使用臨時支撐體當作能隔氧的保護層。 於使用臨時支撐體當作隔氧層時,臨時支撐體係殘留 著(不剝離),以該臨時支撐體與所欲的光罩(例如石英曝光 光罩)成面對面的方式作配置,使積層體與光罩在垂直豎立 的狀態下,適當地設定曝光光罩面與該臨時支撐體之間的 距離(例如200μιη),作曝光。 能隔氧的保護層(隔氧層)之透氧係數較佳爲2000 cm3 /(m2,day.atm)以下,更佳爲 ΙΟΟοιη3"!^.。”^”以下, 最佳爲 50cm3/(m2_day.atm)以下。 -61- 200903161 透氧率若在前述範圍內,則由於隔氧而良好地進行光 硬化,有效地將離畫壁形成所欲的形狀。 其次,施予顯像步驟,使用指定的顯像液對曝光後的 感光性樹脂層進行顯像處理。接著,按照需要,作水洗處 理,得到圖案畫像(離畫壁圖案)。再者,於顯像之前’較 佳爲將純水從噴淋器噴嘴噴霧,以使感光性樹脂層或隔氧 層的表面被均勻潤濕。 作爲顯像處理所用的顯像液,使用鹼性物質的稀薄水 溶液,但亦可少量添加與水有混和性的有機.溶劑。 作爲前述鹼性物質,可舉出鹼金屬氫氧化物類(例如氫 氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀)、鹼金屬碳酸鹽類(例如碳酸鈉、碳酸 鉀)、鹼金屬重碳酸鹽類(例如碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀)、鹼金 屬矽酸鹽類(例如矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀)、鹼金屬偏矽酸鹽類(例 如偏矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鉀)、三乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、單乙醇胺 、嗎啉、氫氧化四烷銨類(例如氫氧化四甲銨)、磷酸三鈉 等。鹼性物質的濃度較佳爲0.0 1〜30質量%,pH較佳爲8 1 4 〇 作爲前述「與水有混和性的有機溶劑」,例如可舉出 甲醇、乙醇、2 -丙醇、1-丙醇、丁醇、二丙酮醇、乙二醇 單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單正丁基醚、苯甲醇 、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己酮、ε-己內酯、γ-丁內酯、二 甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、六甲基磺醯胺、乳酸乙酯、 乳酸甲酯、己內醯胺、Ν_甲基吡咯啶酮等。與水有混和 性的有機溶劑之濃度較佳爲0.1〜3 0質量%。 -62- 200903161 再者’亦可添加習知的界面活性劑,該界面活性劑的 濃度較佳爲〇 · 〇 1〜1 0質量%。 顯像液亦可作爲浴液或作爲噴霧液使用。 於去除感光性樹脂層的未硬化部分之情況,可在顯像 液中組合回轉刷或濕潤海綿來刷擦等之方法。顯像液的液 溫度較佳爲從通常室溫(2 0 °c )附近到4 0 °c。顯像時間係視 感光性樹脂層的組成、顯像液的鹼性或溫度、添加有機溶 劑時其之種類和濃度等而定,但通常爲10秒〜2分鐘左右 。顯像時間若在前述範圍內,則非硬化部(負型時的非曝光 部)之顯像進行爲良好,硬化部(負型時爲曝光部)亦不被蝕 刻,在得到良好形狀的離畫壁之點係有效。 又,於顯像處理後,亦可加入水洗步驟。 加熱處理步驟 藉由加熱處理(亦稱爲烘烤處理)由前述顯像步驟所得之 感光性樹脂層所成的圖案畫像(離畫壁圖案),可得到撥水 •撥墨性更優異的離畫壁。 加熱處理係對曝光及顯像所形成的圖案畫像(離畫壁圖 案)作加熱使硬化,同時以熱使氟官能基在表面上排列,可 更發揮含氟化合物的撥水·撥墨性。 作爲加熱處理的方法,可以使用習知的各種方法。即 ,例如將複數片的基板收納在卡匣內’藉由對流烘箱處理 的方法,以加熱扳來處理每1片的的方法’以紅外線加熱 器來處理的方法等。 又,烘烤溫度(加熱溫度)通常爲150〜280 °c,較佳爲 -63- 200903161 180〜25 0 °C。加熱時間係可依照前述烘烤溫度來適當選擇 ,例如烘烤溫度爲2 4 0 °C時,較佳爲1 0〜1 2 0分鐘,更佳 爲30〜90分鐘。 另外,於離畫壁的形成方法之加熱處理步驟中,對於 前述曝光、顯像步驟所形成的離畫壁圖案,從防止不均勻 的膜減薄,防止感光性樹脂層中所含有UV吸收劑等的成 分之析出的觀點來看,在加熱處理前亦可進行後曝光。於 施予加熱處理前,若進行後曝光,則層合時可有效地防止 所咬入的微小異物之隆起而成的缺陷。 此處,簡單說明前述後曝光。 作爲後曝光所用的光源,只要能照射可使感光性樹脂 層硬化的波長範圍之光(例如3 65nm' 405nm)即可,可適當 地選擇。 具體地,可舉出超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵 化物燈等。 作爲曝光量,只要能補充前述曝光的曝光量即可,通 常爲50〜5000mJ/cm2’較佳爲200〜2000mJ/cm2,更佳爲 5 00 〜1 000mJ/cm2 ° 由本發明的離畫壁之形成方法所可製作的離畫壁,較 佳爲在5 5 5 nm具有高的光學濃度。特別地,於形成作爲離 隔壁的構成彩色濾光片的黑色矩陣時,從賦予遮光性而可 顯示更鮮明且清晰的多色影像之觀點來看,光學濃度較佳 爲2.5以上,尤佳爲2.5〜10.0,更佳爲2.5〜6.0,特佳爲 3 ·0 〜5 ·0。 -64- 200903161 又’感光性樹脂層由於較佳爲藉由光引發系統來硬化 ’對於曝光波長(一般爲紫外區域)而言,光學濃度亦重要 。即’其値較佳爲2.0〜10.0,更佳爲 2.5〜6.0,特佳爲 3.0〜5_0。若在前述較佳範圍,則可形成所欲形狀的離書 壁。 另外,就離畫壁的寬度及高度而Η,寬度(即形成彩色 濾光片時的畫素與畫素之間隔)較佳爲15〜ι00μιη,高度( 即自基板法線方向中的基板面到離畫壁的頂點爲止之距離) 較佳爲1.0〜5.0μιη。 離畫壁的形狀’如特開2006-154804號公報的段落編 號[0054]〜[005 5 ]中所記載的形狀,亦適合於本發明。 又,本發明的附有離畫壁之基板係含有基板與撥墨劑 ,於依照眾所周知的基板玻璃表面之潤濕性試驗方法所記 載的方法來測定時,具有壁上面的水接觸角爲60。以上的 離畫壁,以前述基板之形成有離畫壁的側之基板面中,沒 有形成離畫壁的部分之滴下丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯後立即 ; 的液滴直徑爲2〇0111以上方式而構成者。 以往一般地,於使用含有撥墨劑的組成物來形成膜, 在曝光、顯像後更作熱處理,以製作具有撥墨性的黑色矩 陣等之離畫壁時,熱處理時撥墨成分會流出膜系外,污染 所露出的基板表面,容易使對液體的潤濕性降低,但於本 發明的附有離畫壁之基板中,由於將含有撥墨劑所形成的 圖案膜作撥墨化及熱硬化等,即使在熱處理(例如1 5 0 °C以 上的高溫處理)後,所露出的基板表面(膜非形成面)會防止 -65- 200903161 含氟成分的附著,保持對液體的潤濕性,故例如在製作彩 色濾光片時,在形成黑色矩陣等的離畫壁之基板的離畫壁 非形成區域(離畫壁所隔離的基板上之凹部),給予著色液 體組成物(例如藉由噴墨法來給予印墨液滴)以形成著色區 域(R G B等的著色畫素)時,可防止液的不沾,可得到抑制 著色區域中的泛白之發生、影像顯示時的顯示不均之可顯 不闻品位影像的彩色爐光片及顯示裝置。 以往’熱處理所附著的撥墨成分,即使隨後欲洗淨去 除也不容易去掉,但如本發明地若可抑制熱處理所伴隨的 附著本身,則可簡便地得到品質高的彩色濾光片及顯示裝 置。 本發明的離畫壁,於依照眾所周知的基板玻璃表面之 潤濕性試驗方法所記載的方法來測定時,係加熱處理後的 壁上面之水接觸角爲60°以上的樹脂硬化壁(例如黑色矩陣 等),可藉由使用預先含有撥墨劑的(感光性)樹脂組成物來 形成膜,圖案化後再作熱處理(例如1 5 0 °C以上)而形成。 熱處理較佳爲主要爲了熱硬化及賦予撥墨性而進行者,可 在150 °C〜250 °C的範圍內適當地選擇。 如上述地,排斥水、其它溶劑的性質係稱爲撥墨性。 撥墨性若低於60°,則離畫壁表面的撥墨性變不充分, 在未形成離畫壁的基板露出部(黑色矩陣所圍繞的基板上之 凹部),藉由給予噴墨法給予液體(例如用於形成構成彩色 爐光片的著色畫素之著色液體組成物(例如RGB等的印墨) 的液滴)時’無法防止混色。 -66- 200903161 從防止對離畫壁上的液體蔓延、防止混色之點來看, 撥墨性更佳爲7 0。以上。 附有離畫壁之基板的未形成離畫壁的露出面,從得到 本發明的效果之點來看,希望對於液體的液潤濕性高,本 發明的附有離畫壁之基板具有於基板的露出面滴下一滴的 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯後立即的液滴直徑爲20μιη以上的 潤濕性。 該液滴直徑若小於2 0 μπι,則所滴下的液體之變動程度 大’例如於給予著色液體組成物(例如藉由噴墨法來給予印 墨液滴)以形成著色區域(RGB等的著色畫素)時,基板會排 斥印墨’無法抑制著色區域中的泛白之發生、影像顯示時 的顯示不均之發生。 於本發明中’潤濕性係指液體滴到平面上時的潤濕擴 大程度,例如指於形成有黑色矩陣等的離畫壁之基板的離 畫壁所圍繞的凹部(即成爲著色畫素的區域之基板面),噴 墨給予著色液體組成物即印墨組成物的液滴時,墨滴的潤 濕擴大程度。更具體地,將1滴的印墨組成物滴到離畫壁 間,以該液滴所成的圓之直徑當作潤濕擴大程度的指標。 液滴直徑係指以任意倍率拍攝光學照片,計測其直徑 ,由倍率來計算實際尺寸所求得之値。於滴下溶劑時,由 於微小的液滴迅速地蒸發,故必須在滴下後立即快速地拍 攝照片。 離畫壁的接觸角測定 加熱處理(烘烤處理)前後的離畫壁(例如黑色矩陣)之印 -67- 200903161 墨接觸角及水接觸角的變化係重要。此處的接觸角之測定 方法係依照財團法人.曰本規格協會的JI S規格之方法, 具體地採用JI S R 3 2 5 7「基板玻璃表面的潤濕性試驗方法 」內的「6.靜滴法」所記載的方法。 更具體地,使用接觸角測定器(協和界面科學(股)製的 接觸角計CA-A(商品名)),製作20刻度之大小的墨滴、水 滴,從針尖滴出印滴、水滴’使與形成圖案狀的離隔壁上 面接觸,形成墨滴、水滴,靜置1 0秒後,由接觸角計的 窺視孔來觀察墨滴、水滴的形狀,求得2 5 °C的接觸角Θ。 又,此處的「加熱處理後」係指在2 4 0 °C加熱5 0分鐘後, 在室溫1小時放置冷卻後者。 此處,參照第1圖來說明離畫壁的上面。 離畫壁的上面係指離畫壁的表面中,與基板6接觸的 面之相反側的露出面(第1圖的上面4)。 再者,離畫壁的側面係指離畫壁的露出表面中,離畫 壁之上面以外的表面(第1圖的側面5)。又,基板上的凹 部係指離畫壁所圍繞的由離畫壁側面與基板的不形成離畫 壁之基板面所構成的凹狀區域(第1圖的凹部3)。 接觸角値 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物,於藉由上述方法來測定 使用該感光性樹脂組成物所形成的圖案畫像(例如離畫壁) 上面之水接觸角時,以施予加熱處理之前的圖案畫像(例如 加熱處理前的離畫壁圖案)上面之水接觸角當作A° ’以在 240 °C加熱50分鐘放置冷卻1小時後的圖案畫像(例如離畫 -68- 200903161 壁)上面的水接觸角當作B。時’接觸角差b°-A。必須成爲 20°以上。 前述接觸角差B〇-A。更佳爲3〇。以上,最佳爲4〇。以上 〇 又’從提闻離畫壁與基板的密接性之觀點來看,A。較 佳爲0〜60°,更佳爲〇〜55。,特佳爲〇〜5〇。。 還有’從更有效果地抑制彩色濾光片之製作時的混色 之觀點來看’ B°較佳爲65〜180。,更佳爲80〜180。,特佳 爲 90 〜180〇。 彩色瀘光片及其製造方法 本發明的彩色濾光片之製造方法,包括準備本發明的 附有離畫壁之基板、或由本發明的附有離畫壁之基板之製 造方法所製作的附有離畫壁之基板,及於附有離畫壁之基 板的離畫壁所劃分的凹部(著色區域形成用的區域),給予( 較佳爲2色以上的)著色液體組成物,以形成(較佳爲2色 以上的)複數之著色區域(例如紅、綠、藍、白、紫等的著 ^ 色畫素等)。 關於本發明的彩色濾光片之製造方法,係於具有使用 前述本發明的含氟化合物的離畫壁(例如黑色矩陣)之基板 上,給予著色液體組成物,形成著色區域’故可回避印墨 對離畫壁上的蔓延等所伴隨的混色,在經離畫壁所劃分的 基板上之凹部(著色區域形成用的區域)’防止著色液體組 成物的不沾,而且由於亦抑制離畫壁的剝落或缺陷的發生 ,故可製作混色、色不均、泛白等的畫像故障經抑制的高 -69- 200903161 品位之彩色濾光片。 本發明的彩色濾光片,由於亦具有使用前述本發明的 含氟化合物之離畫壁,故抑制泛白等的畫像故障,具有鮮 明且清晰的顯示特性。 作爲給予著色液體組成物,並沒有特別的限定,可適 宜地採用噴墨法、縫塗法或條型口板法等的塗布法等眾所 周知的方法。條型口板塗布法係使用開有細小液滴吐出用 的孔之口板’將液滴給予基板上,形成條狀的畫素之方法 〇 於本發明中,特佳爲使用噴墨法。 噴墨法 作爲噴墨法’可以採用將經帶電的印墨連續地噴射, 藉由電場來控制的方法,使用壓電元件間歇地噴出印墨之 方法,將印墨加熱,利用其之發泡間歇地噴射之方法等各 種的方法。 印墨可以使用油性、水性中任一者。又,含該印墨的 著色劑可與染料' 顏料一起使用,從耐久性的方面來看, 更佳爲使用顏料。又,亦可使用習知的彩色濾光片之製作 時的塗布所用的著色印墨(例如特開200 5 -3 8 6 1號公報的段 落編號[003 4]〜[0063 ]中記載的著色樹脂組成物)、或特開 2004-325736號公報中記載的著色印墨、特開2002-372613 號公報中記載的印墨等習知的印墨。 於噴墨法所用的印墨中,考慮給予後的步驟,可經由 加熱進行硬化’或添加紫外線等的能量線可硬化的成分。 -70- 200903161 作爲加熱硬化的成分’廣泛使用各種熱硬化性樹脂,作爲 能量線可硬化的成分,例如可舉出在丙烯酸酯衍生物或甲 基丙稀酸酯衍生物中加有光反應引發劑者。特別地,考慮 耐熱性’更佳爲分子內具有複數的丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯 基者。此等丙烯酸酯衍生物、甲基丙烯酸酯衍生物較佳爲 使用水溶性者,即使爲水中難溶性者,也可使用乳化等。 於該情況下’可合適地使用含有前述感光性組成物所 舉出的顏料等的著色劑之感光性組成物。 本發明的彩色濾光片,較佳爲藉由噴墨法將著色液體 組成物的液滴吐出到基板上,而形成有著色區域(例如畫素 )的彩色濾光片,較佳爲具有由噴墨法所吐出的至少RGB 3 色印墨之至少3色的著色畫素之彩色濾光片。 彩色濾光片的圖案形狀係沒有特別的限定,一般係爲 黑色矩陣形狀或線條狀,亦可爲格子狀,或Δ (d e 11 a)排列狀。 於所製作的彩色濾光片中,爲了提高耐性,有全面設 置罩面層的情況。罩面層係可保護著色區域(例如RGB畫 素),同時將表面平坦化。但是,從增加步驟數目的觀點來 看,較佳爲不設置罩面層。 作爲用於形成罩面層的樹脂(〇c劑),可舉出丙烯酸系 樹脂組成物 '環氧樹脂組成物、聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物等。 其中,可見光範圍的透明性優異、構成彩色濾光片的硬化 性組成物之樹脂成分’ 一般係含有丙烯酸系樹脂當主成分 ,從密接性優異來看’丙烯酸系樹脂組成物係較宜。作爲 罩面層的例子,可舉出特開2 0 0 3 ·2 8 7 6 1 8號公報的段落編 -71- 200903161 號[0018]〜[0028]中記載者,罩面劑的市售品如JSR公司 製的「OptmerSS6699G」(商品名)。 又,於著色區域(例如RGB畫素)上,視需要亦可設置 透明電極 '配向膜等。作爲透明電極的具體例子,可舉出 ITO膜。又,作爲配向膜的具體例子,可舉出聚醯亞胺。 顯示裝置 本發明的顯示裝置係設置前述本發明的彩色濾光片而 構成者。 由本發明的彩色濾光片之製造方法所得到的彩色濾光 片,係可用作爲液晶顯示元件、電泳動顯示元件、電色顯 示元件、與PLZT(鉛鑭锆鈦酸鹽)等組合的顯示元件。亦可 使用於彩色電視攝像機或其它使用彩色濾光片的用途。 作爲顯示裝置,可舉出液晶顯示裝置、電漿顯示器顯 示裝置、有機電致發光(EL)顯示裝置、CRT(陰極射線管) 顯示裝置等的顯示裝置等。顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置 的說明在例如「電子顯示裝置(佐佐木昭夫著,(股)工業調 査會1990年發行)」、「顯示裝置(伊吹順章著,產業圖書 (股)平成元年發行)」等中有記載。 作爲設有本發明的彩色濾光片而構成的顯示裝置,較 佳爲液晶顯示裝置。關於液晶顯示裝置,例如在「次世代 液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編集,(股)工業調査會1 994年發 行)」中有記載。 本發明可適用的液晶顯示裝置係沒有特別的限制,例 如可適用於上述「次世代液晶顯示器技術」中所記載的各 -72- 200903161 種方式之液晶顯示裝置。其中,特別有效於針對彩色τ F Τ 方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT(薄膜電晶體)方式的 液晶顯示裝置’例如在「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版( 股)1996年發行)」中有記載。再者,本發明亦可適用於 IPS (面內切換)等之橫電場驅動方式、MVA(多域垂直配向) 等之畫素分割方式等的視角被擴大之液晶顯示裝置。關於 這些方式,例如在「EL、PDP、LCD顯示器技術和市場的 最新動向(東麗硏究中心調査硏究部門 2001年發行)」的 第43頁中有記載。 液晶顯示裝置,除了由彩色濾光片,亦由電極基板、 偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、間隔物、視角補償膜等各式各 樣的構件所構成。本發明的彩色濾光片係可適用於由這些 習知構件所構成的液晶顯示裝置。這些構件例如記載於「 ’94液晶顯示器周邊材料.化學品的市場(島健太郎,(股 )CMC 1994年發行)」、「2003液晶關聯市場的現狀與將 來展望(下卷)(表良吉,(股)富士 Chimera總硏 2003等發行 )」中。 作爲用途’可適用於電視、個人電腦、液晶投影機、 遊戲機、行動電話等的攜帶終端、數位式照相機、車輛導 航系統等之用途,而沒有特別的限制。 實施例 以下藉由實施例來更具體說明本發明。本發明只要不 超出其主旨’係不受以下的實施例所限定。再者,分子量 表示由凝膠滲透層析術(GPC)所測定的聚苯乙烯換算之重 -73- 200903161 量平均分子量’而且只要沒有預先指明,則「%」及「份 」係以質量爲基準。 合成例 以下顯示可形成通式(1)所示的重複單位之化合物(以下 亦稱爲鹵化物單體)的合成法。 含氟化合物的合成 鹵化物單體(1)的合成 於附有滴液漏斗的300ml的三口燒瓶內,加入50克乙 基甲基酮[MEK,和光純藥工業(股)製]及26.1克甲基丙烯 酸羥乙酯[HEMA,東京化成工業(股)製],在裝有冰的水浴 中將內溫冷卻到5 °C爲止。於其中置入1 6.2克吡啶[P y, 東京家政工業(股)製],作攪拌。經由滴液漏斗,以燒瓶內 溫不超過10°c的方式,滴下22.6克氯乙醯氯[CAC,和光 純藥工業(股)製]。藉由NMR來追蹤反應,確認HEMA的 消失後’在室溫攪拌2小時。於攪拌下將反應物加到2L 的蒸餾水中,以乙醚來萃取。以小蘇打水、飽和鹽水來洗 淨所萃取的有機層,以硫酸鎂來乾燥有機層,藉由過濾以 去除不溶物。將所得到的濾液濃縮,藉由減壓蒸餾得到 3 5 _ 4克(收率:8 6 %)鹵化物單體(1)。 鹵化物單體(2)的合成方法 除了於鹵化物單體(1 )的合成方法中,將HEMA變更爲 丙烯酸羥乙酯[HEA,東京化成工業(股)製]以外,依照鹵化 物單體(1)的合成方法,合成鹵化物單體(2)。收率88%。 鹵化物單體(3)的合成方法 -74- 200903161 除了於鹵化物單體(1)的合成方法中,將CAC變更爲溴 乙醯溴[BAB,東京化成工業(股)製]以外,依照鹵化物單體 (1)的合成方法,合成鹵化物單體(3)。收率79%。 幽化物單體(4)的合成方法 除了於幽化物單體(1)的合成方法中,將HEMA變更爲 Aronix M152[AX-M152,東亞合成(股)製]以外,依照鹵化 物單體(1)的合成方法,合成鹵化物單體(4)。收率88%。 鹵化物單體(5)的合成方法 除了於鹵化物單體(1)的合成方法中,將HEMA變更爲 Aronix M154[AX-M154,東亞合成(股)製]以外,依照鹵化物 單體(1)的合成方法,合成鹵化物單體(5)。收率87%。 鹵化物單體(6)的合成方法 除了於鹵化物單體(1)的合成方法中,將HEMA變更爲 Blenmer PE200[BL-PE200,日本油脂(股)製]以外,依照鹵 化物單體(1)的合成方法,合成鹵化物單體(6)。收率90 % 〇 ' 含氟化合物(1)的合成 於氮氣流下,將25克丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯[MMPG-Ac,DAICEL化學工業(股)製]置入設有冷卻管的3 00ml之 三口燒瓶內,於加有石蠟的水浴中將內溫加熱到7 0 °C爲止 。於其中,更藉由柱塞泵費2小時分別滴下在40克 MMPG-Ac中溶解有2.5克丙烯酸[AA,東京化成工業(股) 製]、25克2-(全氟己基)-乙基丙烯酸酯[FAAC6,NOK(股) 製]、17.5克聚乙二醇單體[AM23 0G,新中村化學(股)製] -75- 200903161 、5.0克前述鹵化物單體(1)、及0_88克2 -乙基己基疏基丙 酸[EHMP,東京化成工業(股)製]的溶液,以及在克 MFGAc中溶解有0.3 34克2,2’-偶氮雙(異戊腈)[商品名 :V65,和光純藥工業(股)製]的溶液。滴下結束後,攪拌5 小時,藉由'H-NMR來確認殘存單體的消失。 如以上地,使2-(全氟己基)-乙基丙嫌酸酯[FAAC6]、 丙烯酸[AA]、聚乙二醇單體[AM2 3 0G]、及鹵化物單體(1) 共聚合,而合成 FAAC6/AA/AM230G/鹵化物單體 (1) = 50/5/35/10(質量比)的含氟化合物(1)。重量平均分子量 爲1 . 6萬。 由於單體消失,且生成高分子量成分,故確認具有含6 個酯鏈的側鏈之含氟樹脂的合成。 含氟化合物(2)的合成 依照前述含氟化合物(1)的合成,進行含氟化合物(2)的 合成。關於各自的共聚合成分及組成比,係如以下: •含氟化合物(2): FAAC6/AA/AM23 0G = 5 0/5 /4 5 (質量比) i '含氟化合物(3 )的合成 依照前述含氟化合物(1)的合成,進行含氟化合物(3)的 合成。關於各自的共聚合成分及組成比,係如以下: .含氟化合物(3): FAMAC6/MAA/M23 0G = 5 0/5/4 5 (質量比) 含氟化合物(4)〜(5)的合成 依照前述含氟化合物(1 )的合成,進行含氟化合物(4 )〜 (5)的合成。關於各自的共聚合成分及組成比’係如以下: •含氟化合物(4): R1 420/MAA/M23 0G = 50/5/45 (質量比) -76- 200903161 •含氟化合物(5): FAMAC6/MAA/M90G = 50/5/45 (質量比) 評價1 (1)熱減少率 以不受到組成物的其它成分之影響的方式,使用含氟 化合物(1)〜(5 ),測定熱減少率。 對所得到的含氟化合物在真空烘箱中經一畫夜乾燥者 ’秤取1克,使用熱重量分析計(商品名:DTG-60,島津製 作所(股)製),計測在15(TC保持30分鐘後的重量減少率。 下述表3中顯示計測結果。 含氟化合物(6)〜(18)的合成方法 依照前述含氟化合物(1)的合成例,進行其它含氟化合 物(6)〜(18)的合成。關於各自的共聚合成分及組成比,係 如以下: 含氟化合物(6) FAAC6/AA/AM23 0G/鹵化物單體(2) = 50/ 5/43/2(質量比) 含氟化合物(7) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/鹵化物單體(2) = 50/ 5/40/5(質量比) 含氟化合物(8) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/鹵化物單體(2) = 40/ 5/3 5/20(質量比) 含氟化合物(9) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/鹵化物單體(2) = 30/ 5/55/10(質量比) 含氟化合物(10) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/鹵化物單體(2) = 50 /5/35/10(質量比) 含氟化合物(11) FAAC6/AA/FA5/幽化物單體(2) = 40/5/ -77- 200903161 45/10(質量比) 含氟化合物(12) 量比) FAAC6/AA/FA5/CMS-P = 40/5/45/1 0(質 含氟化合物(1 3 ) 1〇(質量比) FAAC6/AA/AM23 0G/CMS-P = 40/5/45/ 含氟化合物(14) /5/35/10(質量比) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/鹵化物單體(3) = 50 含氟化合物(1 5 ) /5/35/10(質量比) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/鹵化物單體(4) = 50 含氟化合物(16) /5/35/10(質量比) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/鹵化物單體(5) = 50 含氟化合物(1 7) FAM AC6/MAA/M23 0G/鹵化物單體(6)= 50/5/35/10(質量比) 含氟化合物(1 8 ) /1〇(質量比) FAAC6/AM230G /鹵化物單體(2) = 50/40 含氟化合物(19)〜(20)的合成方法 依照前述含氟化合物(1)的合成例,進行含氟化合物(19) 〜(20)的合成。關於各自的共聚合成分及組成比,係如以 下: 含氟化合物(19) 35/10(質量比) TFA/AA/AM130G/鹵化物單體(2) = 50/5/ 含氟化合物(20) FAAC6/AA/V# 1 60 = 50/5/45 (質量比) 添加丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯,調整上述所合成的各含 氟化合物之固體成分濃度,使成爲25%。 -78- 200903161 再者,前述構成含氟化合物的各共聚合成分(單體)之符 記號係如下述: 含氟單體 .FAAC6:丙烯酸2-(全氟己基)-乙酯[NOK(股)製] • FAMAC6:甲基丙烯酸2-(全氟己基)-乙酯[NOK(股)製)] .R1 420:丙烯酸2-(全氟丁基)-乙酯[DAIKIN工業(股)製] 其它單體 • AA :丙烯酸[東京化成(股)製] .MAA:甲基丙烯酸[東京化成(股)製] • AM23 0G :聚乙二醇(23聚物)的丙烯酸單甲酯[新中村化 學(股)製] • M230G:聚乙二醇(23聚物)的甲基丙烯酸單甲酯[新中村 化學(股)製] • M90G :聚乙二醇(9聚物)的甲基丙烯酸單甲酯[新中村化 學(股)製] 於上述所合成的各含氟化合物(1)及(6)〜(20)中,共聚 合成分、共聚合比率、質量平均分子量係如下述表1。又 ,添加丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯,以將各含氟化合物的固體 成分濃度調整成爲2 5 %。 -79- 200903161 【表1】 含氟化 合物 含氟單 體 具有酸 性基的 單體 其它單 體 鹵化物 單體 共聚合比 率(質量 比) 質量平 均分子 量 (1) FAMAC6 MAA M90G (1) 50/5/35/10 1.6萬 (6) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 50/5/43/2 1_5萬 (7) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 50/5/40/5 1.4萬 (8) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 40/5/35/20 1.5萬 (9) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 30/5/55/10 1_2萬 (10) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 50/5/35/10 1_4萬 (11) FAAC6 AA FA5 (2) 40/5/45/10 0.6萬 (12) FAAC6 AA FA5 CMS-P 40/5/45/10 0_7萬 (13) FAAC6 AA AM230G CMS-P 40/5/45/10 1.0萬 (14) FAAC6 AA AM230G (3) 50/5/35/10 1.5萬 (15) FAAC6 AA AM230G (4) 50/5/35/10 1.1萬 (16) FAAC6 AA AM230G (5) 50/5/35/10 1.2萬 (17) FAMAC6 MAA AM230G (6) 50/5/35/10 1.6萬 (18) FAAC6 - AM230G (2) 50/40/10 1.9萬 (19) TFA AA AM130G (2) 50/5/35/10 1.8萬 (20) FAAC6 AA V#160 - 50/5/45 1.4萬 【實施例1】 感光性樹脂組成物的調製 首先,量取下述表2中所記載之量的K顏料分散物1 、丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯,於溫度 24 °C (±2 °C )混合,在 1 5 0 rp m攪拌1 0分鐘,接著分別量取以下表2中所記載之 量的甲基乙基酮、黏結劑2、氫醌單甲基醚、DPHA液、 2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[4’-(丨1二乙氧羰基甲基胺基)-3’-溴 苯基]-s-三畊、界面活性劑1、及上述所得之含氟化合物(1) -80- 200903161 ’於溫度25°C (±2°C )依該順序添加,在溫度40°C (±2°C )於 15〇rpm攪拌30分鐘,以調製感光性樹脂組成物K1。 此時,含氟化合物(1)對於感光性樹脂組成物K 1中的 固體成分質量之比例爲5%。再者,表2中所記載之量爲質 量份,詳細爲以下組成。 K顏料分散物1 •碳黑(商品名:Nipex35,Degussa公司製) 13.1% •下述分散劑1 0.65% •聚合物(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸=72/2 8莫耳比的無 規共聚合物,分子量3 . 7萬) 6.72% •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 79.5 3 % 分散劑1O^X) (C2H40)n-CH3 4) Adhesive -51- 200903161 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may be formed by using at least one type of binder in addition to the above components. As the binder, a polymer having a polar group such as a carboxylic acid group or a carboxylate group in a side chain is preferred. As an example, JP-A-59-44 6 1 5, JP-A-54- 3 4 3 2 7 , JP-A-58-127, and JP-A-54- A methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, and a maleic acid copolymer described in JP-A-59-53848, JP-A-59-53836, and JP-A-59-71048 a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer or the like. Further, a cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid group in a side chain may also be mentioned. Further, it is also preferred to use a cyclic anhydride in which a polymer having a hydroxyl group is added. Moreover, as a particularly preferable example, a copolymer of benzyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid or a benzyl (meth)acrylate described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4 1 3 93 9 1 may be mentioned. A multicomponent copolymer with (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers. These polar group-containing binder polymers may be used singly or as a composition of a usual film-forming polymer. The content of the binder in the resin composition is generally 20 to 50% by mass, preferably 25 to 45 mass% / 〇, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. 5) Color material The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be formed using at least one color material. As the color material, a well-known coloring agent (dye, pigment, etc.) -52 to 200903161 can be used, and specifically, it can be suitably used in the publication [0038] to [0054] of JP-A-2005-1776. The pigments and dyes of the above-mentioned pigments, and the coloring agents described in JP-A-2005-17521 [0080] to [00 8 8] Wait. In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an organic pigment, an inorganic pigment, a dye or the like can be suitably used. In particular, when forming a light-blocking paint wall using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a metal oxide powder such as a carbon material (such as carbon black), titanium oxide or triiron tetroxide, or a metal can be used. A light-shielding material such as a sulfide powder or a metal powder, or a mixture of pigments such as red, blue, and green. Among them, carbon black is preferred. When a pigment is used, it is preferably uniformly dispersed in the photosensitive resin composition. The content of the color material in the resin composition is preferably from 30 to 70% by mass, particularly preferably from 40 to 60%, from the viewpoint of shortening the development time, with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. The mass% is more preferably 5 0 to 5 5 mass%. The pigment is preferably used as a dispersion. The dispersion can be prepared by adding and dispersing a composition obtained by preliminarily mixing a pigment and a pigment dispersant in an organic solvent (or a vehicle) to be described later. The vehicle liquid refers to a portion of the medium which disperses the pigment when the coating is in a liquid state, and includes a portion (adhesive) which is bonded to the liquid pigment to solidify the coating film, and a component (organic solvent) for dissolving and diluting the pigment. The disperser used in the case of dispersing the above-mentioned pigments is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those described in the "Pigment of the Pigment" (asakura, the first edition, the Asakura Bookstore, 2000, p. 438). Kneader, roll mill, vertical ball mill, super honing machine, dissolving -53-200903161, homomixer, sand mill and other conventional dispersers. Further, the particle diameter of the pulverized material (pigment) may be micro-pulverized by mechanical grinding by the mechanical grinding described on page 310 of the document, and the number average particle diameter is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. . 001~ο. Ίμιη, better 0_01~0. 08μιη. In addition, the "particle size" refers to the diameter when the electron micrograph of the microparticles is taken as the circle of the same area, and the "number average particle diameter" refers to the particle diameter of one particle, and the average of the average is obtained. value. 6) Other In the photosensitive resin composition, the following solvents, surfactants, thermal polymerization inhibitors, ultraviolet absorbers, and the like may be added in addition to the components of the above 1) to 5). Further, other components such as "adhesion aid" described in JP-A No. 1 1 - 1 3 3 600 or other additives may be added. Solvent In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a solvent can be further used in addition to the above components. Examples of the solvent include methyl ethyl ketone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, cyclohexanone, cyclohexanol, methyl isobutyl ketone, and ethyl lactate. Methyl lactate, caprolactam, and the like. In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, it is preferred to appropriately contain the interface activity in the photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of controlling the uniform film thickness and effectively preventing coating unevenness. Agent. The surfactant disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. -54-200903161 Thermal polymerization inhibitor The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a thermal polymerization inhibitor 〇 as an example of a thermal polymerization inhibitor, and examples thereof include hydrogen styrene, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, and p-methoxy group. Phenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol 'pyrophenol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol)' 2, 2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, morphine trap, and the like. Ultraviolet absorber In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an ultraviolet absorber may be contained as needed. Examples of the ultraviolet ray absorbing agent include a compound described in JP-A No. 5-72724, a salicylate type, a benzophenone type, a benzotriazole type, a cyanoacrylate type, and a nickel chelate type. Hindered amines and the like. Specifically, phenyl salicylate, 4-t-butylphenyl salicylate, 2,4-di-t-butylphenyl-3,5,-di-third-4'- may be mentioned. Hydroxybenzoate, 4-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4- n-Octyl benzophenone, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5,-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-t-butyl-5'-- Phenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, ethyl-2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2,2'-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, nickel Butyl dithiocarbamate, bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-pyridine)-sebacate, 4-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, salicylic acid Phenyl ester, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl piperidine condensate, succinic acid-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)-ester, 2 -[2-hydroxy-3,5-bis(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole, 7-{[4-chloro--55- 200903161 6-(diethylamine Base)-5-trin-2-yl]amino}-3-phenylcoumarin. Photosensitive transfer material The photosensitive transfer material of the present invention is composed of a photosensitive resin layer formed by using at least the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention on the temporary support. Since the photosensitive transfer material is used, the paint wall can be formed easily and at low cost. Further, if necessary, a protective layer capable of blocking oxygen (hereinafter also referred to as "oxygen barrier layer") or another layer such as a thermoplastic resin layer may be provided between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer. When the oxygen barrier layer is used, the photosensitive resin layer is protected by the oxygen barrier layer to prevent the atmosphere, and thus automatically becomes an oxygen-poor atmosphere. Therefore, the exposure does not have to be carried out under an inert gas or under reduced pressure, and the current step can be utilized as it is, and the advantages of high sensitivity and high hardness can be obtained. As will be described later, a temporary support can also be used as the "protective layer capable of blocking oxygen". In this case, it is not necessary to provide an oxygen barrier layer, which contributes to the reduction in the number of steps. The details of the oxygen barrier layer will be described later. In the photosensitive transfer material, a thermoplastic resin layer may be provided between the temporary support and the oxygen barrier layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer or when the oxygen barrier layer is provided. The thermoplastic resin layer is a resin component which is alkali-soluble and contains at least a resin component having a substantial softening point of 80 ° C or less, and has a cushioning property. By providing such a thermoplastic resin layer, good adhesion to the permanent support can be obtained. Examples of the alkali-soluble thermoplastic resin having a softening point of 80 ° C or less include a saponified product of an ethylene and an acrylate copolymer, a saponified product of a styrene and a (meth) acrylate copolymer, a vinyl toluene and a (methyl group). a saponified product of a saponified product of an acrylate copolymer, a poly(meth)acrylate, a butyl (meth)acrylate, or a (meth)acrylate copolymer such as vinegar-56-200903161 vinyl acetate. In the thermoplastic resin layer, at least one of the above thermoplastic resins can be appropriately selected, and a "Plastic Performance Fact Sheet" can be used. (The Japan Plastics Industry Alliance, the All-Japan Plastic Forming Industry Association, edited by the Industrial Research Association, 1 9 6 8 years 1 〇 2 2 5) The softening point is about 80 ° C below the organic polymer in the soluble in aqueous solution. Further, in the case of an organic polymer material having a softening point of 80 ° C or higher, a substantial softening point is reduced to 80 by adding various plasticizers compatible with the polymer material to the organic polymer material. It can also be used below °C. Further, in the organic polymer material, for the purpose of adjusting the adhesion to the temporary support, various polymers or supercooled substances may be added in a range where the substantial softening point does not exceed 80 ° C. Adhesive modifier, surfactant, release agent, etc. Specific examples of preferred plasticizers include polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, dioctyl phthalate, diheptyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, tricresyl phosphate, and tolyl diphenyl phosphate. , biphenyl diphenyl phosphate and the like. The temporary support constituting the photosensitive transfer material can be appropriately selected from those composed of chemically and thermally stable flexible materials. Specifically, it is preferably a Teflon (registered trademark), a polyethylene terephthalate, a polycarbonate, a polyethylene, a polypropylene, or the like, a sheet or a laminate thereof. The thickness of the temporary support is suitably 5 to 300 μm, preferably 20 to 150 μm. If it is within this thickness range, it can be easily peeled off without causing the temporary support to be broken, and the exposure with good resolution can be performed even with the temporary support. Among the above specific examples, a 2-axis stretched polyethylene terephthalate-57-200903161 film is particularly preferred. It is preferable to provide a thin cover sheet on the photosensitive resin layer for protection against contamination or damage during storage. The cover sheet, although formed of the same or similar material as the temporary support, must be easily separable from the photosensitive resin layer. As the cover sheet material, for example, polyoxynized paper, polyolefin or polytetrazole is suitable. Further, the thickness of the cover sheet is generally 4 to 40 μm, preferably 5 to 30 μm, and particularly preferably 10 to 25 μm. Substrate In the present invention, as the substrate (permanent support), glass, ceramic, synthetic resin film or the like can be used. Particularly preferred is a glass or synthetic resin film which is transparent and has good dimensional stability. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The method for forming a painting wall according to the present invention comprises at least the following steps: using (on at least one side of the substrate) the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention or the photosensitive conversion of the present invention a printing material, a photosensitive resin layer forming a photosensitive resin layer; an exposure for exposing the formed photosensitive resin layer; a development of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer; and a photosensitive resin obtained by development The pattern image formed by the layer is subjected to heat treatment of heat treatment. The painting wall of the present invention is formed by the method for forming a painting wall according to the present invention. In the case of two or more pixel groups (for example, a pixel group of plural colors having different hue), the pixels are generally separated from each other. It is black (dark), but not limited to black. The coloring agent is preferably an organic substance (a dye or a carbon material such as a dye or a pigment) or an inorganic substance. Further, the substrate with the drawing wall of the present invention is formed by forming a wall on at least one side of the substrate by the method for forming the wall of the present invention, from the substrate to the substrate. A spacer wall formed by the method for forming a wall of the present invention is provided. Photosensitive resin layer forming step The photosensitive resin layer forming step 'for example, by using the photosensitive resin composition of the above-described resin composition of the present invention on at least the surface of the substrate' or by using the aforementioned The photosensitive transfer material of the invention forms a photosensitive resin layer. The method of forming the photosensitive resin layer using the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, it can be formed by applying a photosensitive resin composition onto a substrate by a well-known coating method such as slit coating. Further, it can be pre-baked after coating as needed. The method of forming a photosensitive resin layer using a photosensitive transfer material is not particularly limited. For example, it can be formed as follows. That is, on the temporary support body, a light-transmitting material in which an oxygen barrier layer, a photosensitive resin layer, and a cover sheet for protecting the photosensitive resin layer are provided in this order is prepared from the side of the temporary support. First, after the cover sheet is peeled off, the surface of the exposed photosensitive resin layer is bonded to a substrate which is a permanent support, and laminated by a laminator or the like by heating or pressurization (layered body). The laminator can be appropriately selected from conventional laminators, vacuum laminators, and the like, and an automatic cutting laminator can be used in order to further improve productivity. Then, the temporary support and the oxygen barrier layer are peeled off, and the temporary support is removed from the laminate to form a photosensitive resin layer and an oxygen barrier layer on the substrate. -59- 200903161 Exposure step and development step In the exposure step, the removal surface (the acid barrier layer) after removal of the temporary support of the laminate is disposed face to face with a desired mask (for example, a quartz exposure mask). When the laminated body and the photomask are vertically erected, the distance between the mask surface and the photosensitive resin layer is appropriately set (for example, 200 Å for exposure. For example, a proximity type exposure machine having an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp is used for exposure. (For example, Hi-Tech Hi-Tech Engineering Co., Ltd.), etc., the exposure amount can be selected suitably (for example, 300 mJ/cm2). As a light source for exposure, a medium-pressure to ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, and a metal halide can be cited. From the point of view of improving the light sensitivity, that is, the degree of hardening, it is preferable to expose the photosensitive resin layer in an oxygen-poor atmosphere and then develop it. Here, the oxygen-poor atmosphere is Refers to the following under the inert gas, decompression, oxygen-protective protective layer (hereinafter also referred to as "oxygen barrier layer"). The above-mentioned inert gas means inertness exposed to N2, h2, co2, etc. Gas In the atmosphere of a rare gas such as He, Ne, or Ar, etc., the inert gas is preferably N2 in terms of safety, ease of availability, and cost. The above-mentioned reduced pressure means 500 hPa. In the following, it is preferably in a state of 10 〇〇hPa or less. As the protective layer capable of occluding oxygen, for example, it is described in each of the publications of Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 4-6-2 1 2 1 or Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-40824 Polyvinyl ether/maleic anhydride polymer, water-soluble salt of carboxyalkyl cellulose, water-soluble cellulose-60-200903161 ether, water-soluble salt of brothel source powder, polyethyl alcohol, polyethyl b Pyridoxone, various polyacrylamides, various water-soluble polyamines, water-soluble salts of polyacrylic acid, gelatin, ethylene oxide polymers, water-soluble salts of various starches and their analogues, benzene A copolymer of ethylene/maleic acid, a maleate resin, a combination of two or more of these, etc. Among them, 'preferably a combination of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone. The saponification rate of polyvinyl alcohol is preferably 80% or more, and the content of polyvinylpyrrolidone is The solid content of the photosensitive photosensitive resin layer is preferably from 1 to 75% by mass, particularly preferably from 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 10 to 40% by mass. Further, in the oxygen barrier layer Various films can be used. For example, polyesters such as PET, polyamines such as Nile, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA) can also be used. The stretching is preferably 5 to 300 μm in thickness, preferably 20 to 150 μm. In particular, when a photosensitive transfer material is used to form the paint wall, a temporary support can be suitably used as the oxygen barrier layer. When the temporary support is used as the oxygen barrier layer, the temporary support system remains (not peeled off), and the temporary support is disposed face to face with a desired mask (for example, a quartz exposure mask) to make the laminate When the body and the reticle are vertically erected, the distance between the exposure mask surface and the temporary support (for example, 200 μm) is appropriately set for exposure. The oxygen permeability coefficient of the oxygen barrier layer (the oxygen barrier layer) is preferably 2000 cm 3 /(m 2 , day. Below atm), more preferably ΙΟΟοιη3"!^. . Below "^", the best is 50cm3/(m2_day. Atm) below. -61- 200903161 When the oxygen permeability is within the above range, photohardening is favorably performed by oxygen barrier, and the desired shape is effectively formed on the wall. Next, a developing step is applied, and the exposed photosensitive resin layer is subjected to development processing using a predetermined developing solution. Then, as needed, a water washing process is performed to obtain a pattern image (a pattern of the wall). Further, it is preferable to spray pure water from the shower nozzle before the development to uniformly wet the surface of the photosensitive resin layer or the oxygen barrier layer. As a developing solution used for development processing, a thin aqueous solution of an alkaline substance is used, but an organic substance which is miscible with water may be added in a small amount. Solvent. Examples of the basic substance include alkali metal hydroxides (for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide), alkali metal carbonates (for example, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate), and alkali metal bicarbonates (for example, hydrogen carbonate). Sodium, potassium bicarbonate), alkali metal silicates (such as sodium citrate, potassium citrate), alkali metal bismuth citrates (such as sodium metasilicate, potassium metasilicate), triethanolamine, diethanolamine, Monoethanolamine, morpholine, tetraammonium hydroxide (for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide), trisodium phosphate, and the like. The concentration of the alkaline substance is preferably 0. 0 1 to 30% by mass, and the pH is preferably 8 1 4 〇 As the above-mentioned "organic solvent which is miscible with water", for example, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, butanol, and the like are mentioned. Acetyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, benzyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ε-caprolactone, γ - Butyrolactone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, hexamethylsulfonamide, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, caprolactam, hydrazine-methylpyrrolidone, and the like. The concentration of the organic solvent which is miscible with water is preferably 0. 1 to 30% by mass. Further, a conventional surfactant may be added, and the concentration of the surfactant is preferably 〇·〇 1 to 10% by mass. The developing solution can also be used as a bath or as a spray. In the case where the uncured portion of the photosensitive resin layer is removed, a method of combining a rotary brush or a wet sponge to brush or the like in the developing liquid can be employed. The liquid temperature of the developing solution is preferably from the vicinity of the usual room temperature (20 ° C) to 40 ° C. The development time depends on the composition of the photosensitive resin layer, the alkalinity or temperature of the developing solution, the type and concentration of the organic solvent, and the like, but it is usually about 10 seconds to 2 minutes. When the development time is within the above range, the development of the non-hardened portion (non-exposed portion in the negative type) is good, and the cured portion (the exposed portion in the case of the negative type) is not etched, and a good shape is obtained. The point of painting the wall is effective. Further, after the development process, a water washing step may also be added. In the heat treatment step, by the heat treatment (also referred to as baking treatment), the pattern image (the pattern wall pattern) formed by the photosensitive resin layer obtained in the above-described development step can provide a better water repellency and ink repellency. Painting the wall. In the heat treatment, the pattern image (from the wall pattern) formed by exposure and development is heated and hardened, and the fluorine functional groups are arranged on the surface by heat, whereby the water repellency and ink repellency of the fluorine-containing compound can be further exhibited. As a method of heat treatment, various conventional methods can be used. That is, for example, a method in which a plurality of substrates are housed in a cassette, a method of processing by a convection oven, a method of processing each sheet by heating, and an infrared heater is used. Further, the baking temperature (heating temperature) is usually 150 to 280 ° C, preferably -63 to 200903161 180 to 25 ° C. The heating time can be appropriately selected in accordance with the above-mentioned baking temperature. For example, when the baking temperature is 240 ° C, it is preferably 10 to 12 minutes, more preferably 30 to 90 minutes. Further, in the heat treatment step of the method of forming the wall, the film is formed by the exposure and development steps, and the film is prevented from being thinned by unevenness, thereby preventing the UV absorber from being contained in the photosensitive resin layer. From the viewpoint of precipitation of components, etc., post-exposure can also be performed before the heat treatment. When the post-exposure is applied before the heat treatment, the defects of the bulging of the minute foreign matter can be effectively prevented during the lamination. Here, the aforementioned post exposure is briefly explained. The light source used for the post-exposure may be appropriately selected as long as it can irradiate light having a wavelength range (for example, 3 65 nm '405 nm) which can cure the photosensitive resin layer. Specifically, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, or the like can be given. As the exposure amount, it is sufficient to supplement the exposure amount of the exposure, and is usually 50 to 5000 mJ/cm 2 ', preferably 200 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 500 to 1 000 mJ/cm 2 ° by the painting wall of the present invention. The paint wall which can be produced by the formation method preferably has a high optical density at 555 nm. In particular, when a black matrix constituting a color filter as a partition wall is formed, the optical density is preferably 2. From the viewpoint of imparting a light-shielding property to display a more vivid and clear multicolor image. 5 or more, especially good 2. 5~10. 0, more preferably 2. 5~6. 0, especially good is 3 · 0 ~ 5 · 0. -64- 200903161 Further, the photosensitive resin layer is preferably hardened by a photoinitiating system. For the exposure wavelength (generally the ultraviolet region), the optical density is also important. That is, it is preferably 2. 0~10. 0, more preferably 2. 5~6. 0, especially good 3. 0~5_0. If it is within the above preferred range, the wall of the desired shape can be formed. In addition, the width and the height of the wall (ie, the spacing between the pixels and the pixels when the color filter is formed) are preferably 15 to 10 Å, and the height (ie, the substrate surface in the normal direction of the substrate). Preferably, the distance to the apex of the painting wall is 1. 0~5. 0μιη. The shape described in the paragraphs [0054] to [0055] of the paragraph of the drawing is also suitable for the present invention. Further, the substrate with the painting wall of the present invention contains a substrate and an ink-repellent, and has a water contact angle of 60 on the wall when measured by the method described in the wettability test method of the surface of the substrate glass. . The above-mentioned drawing wall has a droplet diameter of 2〇0111 or more immediately after the propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is not formed in the portion of the substrate on which the wall is formed, and the portion of the substrate is not formed. The way to form. Conventionally, a film is formed by using a composition containing an ink-repellent agent, and after heat treatment after exposure and development to produce a paint wall having a black matrix such as ink-repellent property, the ink-repellent component flows out during heat treatment. Outside the film system, the surface of the substrate exposed by the contamination is liable to lower the wettability to the liquid. However, in the substrate with the paint wall of the present invention, the pattern film formed by the ink-repellent agent is inked. And heat hardening, etc., even after heat treatment (for example, high temperature treatment at 150 ° C or higher), the exposed substrate surface (film non-formed surface) prevents the adhesion of the fluorine-containing component of -65-200903161, keeping the liquid moist For example, when a color filter is produced, a coloring liquid composition is given to a non-formed region of the image forming wall of the substrate of the black matrix or the like (a recess on the substrate separated from the wall). For example, when ink droplets are applied by an inkjet method to form a colored region (coloring pixels such as RGB), it is possible to prevent liquid from sticking, and it is possible to suppress occurrence of whitening in a colored region and image display. display The furnace can be significantly were light colored sheet does not smell image quality and a display device. In the past, the ink-repellent component adhered to the heat treatment is not easily removed even if it is subsequently washed and removed. However, if the adhesion itself associated with the heat treatment can be suppressed according to the present invention, a high-quality color filter and display can be easily obtained. Device. The painting wall of the present invention is a resin hardened wall (for example, black) having a water contact angle of 60° or more on the wall after the heat treatment, as measured by a method described in a well-known method for testing the wettability of a substrate glass surface. The matrix or the like can be formed by forming a film using a (photosensitive) resin composition containing an ink repellent in advance, and then forming a film by heat treatment (for example, 150 ° C or higher). The heat treatment is preferably carried out mainly for thermal curing and imparting ink repellency, and can be appropriately selected in the range of 150 °C to 250 °C. As described above, the property of repelling water and other solvents is called ink repellency. When the ink repellency is less than 60°, the ink repellency from the surface of the wall is insufficient, and the exposed portion of the substrate (the concave portion on the substrate surrounded by the black matrix) is not formed by the inkjet method. When a liquid (for example, a droplet of a colored liquid composition (for example, an ink of RGB or the like) for forming a colored pixel constituting a color furnace sheet is applied, it is impossible to prevent color mixing. -66- 200903161 From the point of view of preventing the spread of liquid on the wall of the painting and preventing color mixing, the ink repellency is preferably 70. the above. The exposed surface of the substrate which is away from the drawing wall is not formed, and from the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of the present invention, it is desirable that the liquid wettability to the liquid is high, and the substrate with the drawing wall of the present invention has The wettability of the droplet diameter immediately after dropping a drop of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate on the exposed surface of the substrate was 20 μm or more. If the droplet diameter is less than 20 μm, the degree of variation of the dropped liquid is large, for example, by giving a colored liquid composition (for example, ink droplets are given by an inkjet method) to form a colored region (coloring of RGB, etc.) In the case of a pixel, the substrate repels the ink "cannot suppress the occurrence of whitening in the colored region and display unevenness during image display. In the present invention, 'wetability refers to the degree of wetting expansion when a liquid is dropped onto a plane, for example, a concave portion surrounded by a wall of a substrate on which a substrate of a black matrix or the like is formed (ie, becomes a colored pixel). The substrate surface of the region), when inkjet is applied to the liquid composition of the colored liquid composition, that is, the ink composition, the degree of wetting of the ink droplets is enlarged. More specifically, one drop of the ink composition was dropped between the walls of the painting, and the diameter of the circle formed by the droplet was used as an index of the degree of wetness expansion. The droplet diameter refers to an optical photograph taken at an arbitrary magnification, and the diameter thereof is measured, and the actual size is calculated from the magnification. When the solvent is dropped, since the minute droplets evaporate rapidly, it is necessary to take a photograph quickly after dropping. Measurement of contact angle from the painted wall Printing of the painted wall (for example, black matrix) before and after the heat treatment (baking treatment) -67- 200903161 The change of the ink contact angle and the water contact angle is important. The method of measuring the contact angle here is based on the consortium. 方法 方法 JI JI JI JI 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 The method described in the "static drop method". More specifically, using a contact angle measuring device (contact angle meter CA-A (trade name) manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.), ink droplets and water droplets of a size of 20 scales are produced, and ink droplets and water droplets are dripped from the needle tip. The ink droplets and water droplets were formed in contact with the upper surface of the partition wall, and after standing for 10 seconds, the shape of the ink droplets and the water droplets were observed from the peephole of the contact angle meter to obtain a contact angle of 25 ° C. . Here, "after heat treatment" means that after heating at 250 ° C for 50 minutes, the latter is left to stand at room temperature for 1 hour. Here, the upper surface of the painting wall will be described with reference to Fig. 1 . The upper surface of the painting wall refers to the exposed surface (the upper surface 4 of Fig. 1) on the opposite side of the surface of the wall which is in contact with the substrate 6. Further, the side surface of the painting wall refers to a surface other than the upper surface of the drawing wall from the exposed surface of the drawing wall (the side surface 5 of Fig. 1). Further, the concave portion on the substrate refers to a concave portion (the concave portion 3 in Fig. 1) which is formed by the side surface of the drawing wall and the substrate surface on which the substrate is not formed, which is surrounded by the drawing wall. Contact angle 値 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is used to measure the water contact angle of the pattern image (for example, the image wall) formed by using the photosensitive resin composition by the above method, before applying heat treatment The water contact angle on the pattern of the pattern (for example, the pattern of the wall before the heat treatment) is taken as A° 'to be heated at 240 ° C for 50 minutes and left to cool for 1 hour (for example, from the painting -68- 200903161 wall) The water contact angle above is taken as B. Time' contact angle difference b°-A. Must be 20° or more. The aforementioned contact angle difference is B〇-A. More preferably 3 inches. Above, the best is 4〇. The above 〇 ‘from the point of view of the adhesion between the painting wall and the substrate, A. Preferably, it is 0 to 60 °, more preferably 〇 55. , especially good for 〇 ~ 5 〇. . Further, 'B' is preferably from 65 to 180 from the viewpoint of more effectively suppressing the color mixture in the production of the color filter. More preferably 80~180. , especially good for 90 ~ 180 〇. Color enamel sheet and method of manufacturing the same The method for producing a color filter of the present invention includes preparing a substrate with a drawing wall of the present invention or a method of manufacturing the substrate with the detachable wall of the present invention a substrate having a wall away from the wall and a concave portion (a region for forming a colored region) defined by a wall of the substrate on which the wall is attached, and a colored liquid composition (preferably two or more colors) is formed to form (preferably two or more colors) a plurality of colored regions (for example, red, green, blue, white, purple, etc.). The method for producing a color filter of the present invention is based on a substrate having a drawing wall (for example, a black matrix) using the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention, and a colored liquid composition is applied to form a colored region, so that the printing can be avoided. The color mixture accompanying the spread of the ink on the wall of the painting, the concave portion (the region for forming the colored region) on the substrate divided by the drawing wall, prevents the non-sticking of the coloring liquid composition, and also suppresses the drawing. If the wall is peeled off or defects occur, it is possible to produce a color filter of high-69-200903161 grade with suppressed image failure such as color mixing, color unevenness, and whitening. Since the color filter of the present invention also has a painting wall using the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention, it suppresses image failure such as whitening, and has clear and clear display characteristics. The coloring liquid composition is not particularly limited, and a well-known method such as a coating method such as an inkjet method, a slit coating method or a strip-shaped orifice method can be suitably employed. The strip-type orifice coating method is a method of forming a strip-shaped pixel by using a mouth plate which has a hole for discharging a fine droplet to apply a droplet to a substrate. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an inkjet method. The inkjet method as the inkjet method can employ a method in which a charged ink is continuously ejected and controlled by an electric field, and a method of intermittently ejecting ink using a piezoelectric element is used to heat the ink and foam the same. Various methods such as a method of intermittently spraying. The ink can be either oily or water-based. Further, the coloring agent containing the ink can be used together with the dye 'pigment, and it is more preferable to use a pigment from the viewpoint of durability. Further, it is also possible to use a colored ink for coating in the production of a conventional color filter (for example, the coloring described in paragraphs [0034] to [0063] of JP-A-2005-1883 The resin composition is a conventional ink such as the colored ink described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-325736, and the ink described in JP-A-2002-372613. In the ink used in the ink jet method, in consideration of the step after the application, it is possible to harden by heating or to add an energy ray-hardenable component such as ultraviolet rays. -70- 200903161 As a component for heat curing, various thermosetting resins are widely used, and as an energy ray-hardenable component, for example, a photoreaction is added to an acrylate derivative or a methyl acrylate derivative. Agent. In particular, it is considered that the heat resistance is more preferably a plural propylene fluorenyl group or a methacryl fluorenyl group in the molecule. These acrylate derivatives and methacrylate derivatives are preferably water-soluble, and emulsification or the like can be used even if it is poorly soluble in water. In this case, a photosensitive composition containing a coloring agent such as a pigment of the photosensitive composition can be suitably used. In the color filter of the present invention, it is preferable that a color filter of a colored liquid composition is ejected onto a substrate by an inkjet method to form a color filter having a colored region (for example, a pixel), preferably having a color filter. A color filter of at least three color-colored pixels of at least RGB 3-color ink discharged by the inkjet method. The pattern shape of the color filter is not particularly limited, and is generally a black matrix shape or a line shape, and may be a lattice shape or a Δ (d e 11 a) array. In the color filter to be produced, in order to improve the resistance, there is a case where the overcoat layer is provided in an all-round manner. The overcoat layer protects the colored areas (such as RGB pixels) while flattening the surface. However, from the viewpoint of increasing the number of steps, it is preferable not to provide an overcoat layer. The resin (the c-coating agent) for forming the overcoat layer may, for example, be an acrylic resin composition, an epoxy resin composition, a polyimine resin composition or the like. In particular, the resin component of the curable composition constituting the color filter is excellent in transparency in the visible light range. Generally, the acrylic component is contained as a main component, and the acrylic resin composition is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion. As an example of the overcoat layer, those described in paragraphs - 71-200903161 [0018] to [0028] of JP-A-2002-2009 The product is "OptmerSS6699G" (trade name) manufactured by JSR. Further, a transparent electrode 'alignment film or the like may be provided on a colored region (for example, RGB pixels) as needed. Specific examples of the transparent electrode include an ITO film. Moreover, as a specific example of an alignment film, a polyimine is mentioned. Display device The display device of the present invention is constructed by providing the color filter of the present invention described above. The color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter of the present invention can be used as a liquid crystal display element, an electrophoretic moving display element, an electrochromic display element, or a display element combined with PLZT (lead lanthanum zirconium titanate) or the like. . It can also be used in color TV cameras or other applications that use color filters. Examples of the display device include a display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a plasma display device, an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device, and a CRT (cathode ray tube) display device. The definition of the display device or the description of each display device is, for example, "Electronic display device (sasaki Sasaki, "Investigation" Industrial Research Association issued in 1990)", "Display device (Ibuki Shunzhang, Industrial Book (share)) It is described in the issue of "). A display device comprising the color filter of the present invention is preferably a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Second Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Uchida Natsuo, Co., Ltd., Ltd., issued in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applicable is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be applied to the liquid crystal display devices of the respective types described in the above-mentioned "second-generation liquid crystal display technology". Among them, it is particularly effective for a liquid crystal display device for a color τ F Τ mode. A liquid crystal display device of a color TFT (thin film transistor type) is described, for example, in "Color TFT liquid crystal display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention is also applicable to a liquid crystal display device in which a viewing angle such as a horizontal electric field driving method such as IPS (in-plane switching) or a pixel division method such as MVA (multi-domain vertical alignment) is expanded. These methods are described, for example, on page 43 of "EL, PDP, LCD Display Technology, and the Latest Trends in the Market (Dongli Research Center Survey Research Division, 2001)". The liquid crystal display device is composed of a wide variety of members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle compensation film, in addition to the color filter. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of these conventional members. These components are described, for example, in the "94" liquid crystal display peripheral material. The market for chemicals (Island Kentaro, issued by CMC in 1994), and the status quo of the 2003 LCD-related market and future prospects (volume) (Former Liangji, (share) Fuji Chimera, 2003, etc.). The application is applicable to portable terminals such as televisions, personal computers, liquid crystal projectors, game machines, and mobile phones, digital cameras, and vehicle navigation systems, and is not particularly limited. EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The present invention is not limited by the following examples as long as it does not exceed its gist. Further, the molecular weight means the polystyrene equivalent weight -73 - 200903161 measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and "%" and "parts" are masses unless otherwise specified. Benchmark. Synthesis Example The synthesis method of a compound (hereinafter also referred to as a halide monomer) which can form a repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is shown below. Synthesis of a fluorine-containing compound Synthesis of a halide monomer (1) In a 300-ml three-necked flask equipped with a dropping funnel, 50 g of ethyl methyl ketone [MEK, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.] and 26. 1 g of hydroxyethyl methacrylate [HEMA, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.], and the internal temperature was cooled to 5 ° C in a water bath containing ice. Place 1 in it. 2 g of pyridine [P y, manufactured by Tokyo Home Economics Co., Ltd.], for stirring. Drop through the dropping funnel so that the internal temperature of the flask does not exceed 10 ° C. 6 g of chloroethyl chloroform [CAC, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.]. The reaction was followed by NMR, and it was confirmed that the disappearance of HEMA was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was added to 2 L of distilled water with stirring and extracted with diethyl ether. The extracted organic layer was washed with baking soda and saturated brine, and the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered to remove insolubles. The obtained filtrate was concentrated, and 3 5 - 4 g (yield: 8 6 %) of a halide monomer (1) was obtained by distillation under reduced pressure. In the synthesis method of the halide monomer (2), in addition to the method of synthesizing the halide monomer (1), HEMA is changed to hydroxyethyl acrylate [HEA, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.], in accordance with the halide monomer. The synthesis method of (1), synthesizing a halide monomer (2). The yield was 88%. Method for synthesizing halide monomer (3) -74- 200903161 In addition to the method for synthesizing halide monomer (1), CAC is changed to bromoethene bromide [BAB, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), in accordance with A method for synthesizing a halide monomer (1), synthesizing a halide monomer (3). The yield was 79%. In addition to the method for synthesizing the chelating monomer (1), the HEMA is changed to Aronix M152 [AX-M152, manufactured by Toagos Corporation), in accordance with the halide monomer ( The synthesis method of 1) synthesizes a halide monomer (4). The yield was 88%. In the synthesis method of the halide monomer (5), in addition to the method for synthesizing the halide monomer (1), HEMA is changed to Aronix M154 [AX-M154, manufactured by Toagos Corporation), in accordance with a halide monomer ( The synthesis method of 1) synthesizes a halide monomer (5). The yield was 87%. In the synthesis method of the halide monomer (6), in addition to the method of synthesizing the halide monomer (1), HEMA is changed to Blenmer PE200 [BL-PE200, manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.], in accordance with a halide monomer ( The synthesis method of 1) synthesizes a halide monomer (6). Yield 90% 〇' Synthesis of fluorine-containing compound (1) Under a nitrogen stream, 25 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate [MMPG-Ac, manufactured by DAICEL Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.] was placed in a 300 ml line equipped with a cooling tube. In the three-necked flask, the internal temperature was heated to 70 ° C in a paraffin-added water bath. In this case, it is also dissolved by a plunger pump for 2 hours and dissolved in 40 g of MMPG-Ac. 5 g of acrylic acid [AA, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.], 25 g of 2-(perfluorohexyl)-ethyl acrylate [FAAC6, NOK (share) system], 17. 5 g of polyethylene glycol monomer [AM23 0G, Xinzhongcun Chemical Co., Ltd.] -75- 200903161, 5. 0 g of the above-mentioned halide monomer (1), and 0-88 g of 2-ethylhexyl isopropyl propionic acid [EHMP, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.], and dissolved in gram MFGAc. 3 34 g of a solution of 2,2'-azobis(isovaleronitrile) [trade name: V65, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.]. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 5 hours, and the disappearance of the residual monomer was confirmed by 'H-NMR. Copolymerization of 2-(perfluorohexyl)-ethylpropionic acid ester [FAAC6], acrylic acid [AA], polyethylene glycol monomer [AM2 3 0G], and halide monomer (1) as above And FAAC6/AA/AM230G/halide monomer (1) = 50/5/35/10 (mass ratio) of fluorine-containing compound (1). The weight average molecular weight is 1.  60000. Since the monomer disappeared and a high molecular weight component was formed, the synthesis of a fluorine-containing resin having a side chain of 6 ester chains was confirmed. Synthesis of Fluorine-Containing Compound (2) The synthesis of the fluorine-containing compound (2) is carried out in accordance with the synthesis of the above-mentioned fluorine-containing compound (1). The respective copolymerization components and composition ratios are as follows: • Fluorine-containing compound (2): FAAC6/AA/AM23 0G = 5 0/5 /4 5 (mass ratio) i Synthesis of fluorine-containing compound (3) The synthesis of the fluorine-containing compound (3) is carried out in accordance with the synthesis of the above fluorine-containing compound (1). Regarding the respective copolymerization components and composition ratios, the following are as follows: Fluorine-containing compound (3): FAMAC6/MAA/M23 0G = 5 0/5/4 5 (mass ratio) The synthesis of the fluorine-containing compound (4) to (5) is carried out in accordance with the synthesis of the above-mentioned fluorine-containing compound (1). Synthesis of fluorine compounds (4) to (5). The respective copolymerization components and composition ratios are as follows: • Fluorine-containing compound (4): R1 420/MAA/M23 0G = 50/5/45 (mass ratio) -76- 200903161 • Fluorine-containing compound (5) : FAMAC6/MAA/M90G = 50/5/45 (mass ratio) Evaluation 1 (1) The heat reduction rate is determined by using fluorine-containing compounds (1) to (5) in such a manner that they are not affected by other components of the composition. Heat reduction rate. The obtained fluorine-containing compound was weighed by 1 g in a vacuum oven, and a thermogravimetric analyzer (trade name: DTG-60, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) was used to measure at 15 (TC retention). The weight reduction rate after 30 minutes. The measurement results are shown in the following Table 3. The synthesis method of the fluorine-containing compound (6) to (18) According to the synthesis example of the fluorine-containing compound (1), another fluorine-containing compound (6) is carried out. Synthesis of ~(18). Regarding the respective copolymerization components and composition ratios, the following are as follows: Fluorine-containing compound (6) FAAC6/AA/AM23 0G/halide monomer (2) = 50/ 5/43/2 ( Mass ratio) Fluorine-containing compound (7) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/halide monomer (2) = 50/ 5/40/5 (mass ratio) Fluorine-containing compound (8) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/halide monomer (2) = 40/ 5/3 5/20 (mass ratio) Fluorine-containing compound (9) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/halide monomer (2) = 30/ 5/55/10 (mass ratio) Fluorine-containing compound (10) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/halide monomer (2) = 50 /5/35/10 (mass ratio) Fluorine-containing compound (11) FAAC6/AA/FA5/firmate monomer (2) = 40/ 5/ -77- 200903161 45/10 (mass ratio) containing fluoride (12) Quantity ratio FAAC6/AA/FA5/CMS-P = 40/5/45/1 0 (Fluorine-containing compound (1 3 ) 1〇 (mass ratio) FAAC6/AA/AM23 0G/CMS-P = 40/5/45/ Fluorine-containing compound (14) /5/35/10 (mass ratio) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/halide monomer (3) = 50 Fluorine-containing compound (1 5 ) /5/35/ 10 (mass ratio) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/halide monomer (4) = 50 fluorochemical (16) /5/35/10 (mass ratio) FAAC6/AA/AM230G/halide monomer (5) = 50 Fluorine-containing compound (1 7) FAM AC6/MAA/M23 0G/halide monomer (6) = 50/5/35/10 (mass ratio) Fluorine-containing compound (1 8 ) /1 〇 (mass ratio) FAAC6 /AM230G /halide monomer (2) = 50/40 Synthesis method of fluorine-containing compound (19) to (20) According to the synthesis example of the above fluorine-containing compound (1), fluorine-containing compound (19) to (20) is carried out. For the respective copolymerization components and composition ratios, the following are as follows: Fluorine-containing compound (19) 35/10 (mass ratio) TFA/AA/AM130G/halide monomer (2) = 50/5/ Fluorine-containing Compound (20) FAAC6/AA/V# 1 60 = 50/5/45 (mass ratio) Add propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate to adjust each of the above-mentioned synthesized fluorine The solid content concentration of compound that became 25%. Further, the symbols of the respective copolymerization components (monomers) constituting the fluorine-containing compound are as follows: fluorine-containing monomer. FAAC6: 2-(perfluorohexyl)-ethyl acrylate [manufactured by NOK Co., Ltd.] • FAMAC6: 2-(perfluorohexyl)-ethyl methacrylate [manufactured by NOK Co., Ltd.]. R1 420: 2-(perfluorobutyl)-ethyl acrylate [manufactured by DAIKIN Industrial Co., Ltd.] Other monomers • AA: Acrylic [Tokyo Chemical Co., Ltd.]. MAA: Methacrylic acid [Tokyo Chemical Co., Ltd.] • AM23 0G: Polyethylene glycol (23-mer) of monomethyl acrylate [manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.] • M230G: Polyethylene glycol (23-polymerization) Monomethyl methacrylate [manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.] • M90G: Polyethylene glycol (9-mer) monomethyl methacrylate [manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.] In each of the fluorine-containing compounds (1) and (6) to (20), the copolymerization component, the copolymerization ratio, and the mass average molecular weight are as shown in Table 1 below. Further, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to adjust the solid content concentration of each fluorine-containing compound to 25 %. -79- 200903161 [Table 1] Fluorinated compound Fluoromonomer monomer having an acidic group Other monomer Halide monomer copolymerization ratio (mass ratio) Mass average molecular weight (1) FAMAC6 MAA M90G (1) 50/5 /35/10 1. 60,000 (6) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 50/5/43/2 1_5 million (7) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 50/5/40/5 1. 40,000 (8) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 40/5/35/20 1. 50,000 (9) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 30/5/55/10 1_2 million (10) FAAC6 AA AM230G (2) 50/5/35/10 1_4 million (11) FAAC6 AA FA5 (2) 40/5 /45/10 0. 60,000 (12) FAAC6 AA FA5 CMS-P 40/5/45/10 0_7 million (13) FAAC6 AA AM230G CMS-P 40/5/45/10 1. 0 million (14) FAAC6 AA AM230G (3) 50/5/35/10 1. 50,000 (15) FAAC6 AA AM230G (4) 50/5/35/10 1. 10,000 (16) FAAC6 AA AM230G (5) 50/5/35/10 1. 20,000 (17) FAMAC6 MAA AM230G (6) 50/5/35/10 1. 60,000 (18) FAAC6 - AM230G (2) 50/40/10 1. 90,000 (19) TFA AA AM130G (2) 50/5/35/10 1. 80,000 (20) FAAC6 AA V#160 - 50/5/45 1. 40,000 [Example 1] Preparation of photosensitive resin composition First, the amount of K pigment dispersion 1 and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate described in Table 2 below were measured at a temperature of 24 ° C (±2). °C), stirring, stirring at 150 ° rpm for 10 minutes, and then measuring the amount of methyl ethyl ketone, binder 2, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, DPHA solution, 2, respectively, as described in Table 2 below. , 4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[4'-(丨1 diethoxycarbonylmethylamino)-3'-bromophenyl]-s-three tillage, surfactant 1, and the above The obtained fluorine-containing compound (1) -80-200903161 'added in this order at a temperature of 25 ° C (± 2 ° C), and stirred at 15 ° C for 30 minutes at a temperature of 40 ° C (± 2 ° C) to prepare Photosensitive resin composition K1. At this time, the ratio of the fluorine-containing compound (1) to the mass of the solid component in the photosensitive resin composition K 1 was 5%. Further, the amounts described in Table 2 are mass parts, and the details are as follows. K pigment dispersion 1 • Carbon black (trade name: Nipex35, manufactured by Degussa) 13. 1% • The following dispersant 1 0. 65% • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid = 72/2 8 molar ratio of random copolymer, molecular weight 3 .  70,000) 6. 72% • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 79. 5 3 % dispersant 1

黏結劑2 •聚合物(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸(= 78 /2 2[莫耳比]) 的無規共聚合物,分子量3·8萬) 27% •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 73% DPHA 液 •二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(含有 5 00ppm的聚合抑制劑 -81- 200903161 DPHA)Adhesive 2 • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid (= 78 /2 2 [mole ratio]) random copolymer, molecular weight 38,000) 27% • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Ester 73% DPHA liquid • Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (containing 500 ppm polymerization inhibitor -81- 200903161 DPHA)

MEHQ,日本化藥(股)製,商品名:KAYARAD 7 6% •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 24% 3 0% 7 0% 界面活性劑1 •下述構造物1 •甲基乙基酮 構造物1MEHQ, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trade name: KAYARAD 7 6% • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 24% 3 0% 7 0% Surfactant 1 • The following structure 1 • Methyl ethyl ketone structure Object 1

—(CH o=c o=c —(CH2-〒 Η)4〇— o=c OCH2CH2CnF2n+1 Ο(Ρ0)7Η 0(Ε0)7Η (n = 6,x = 55,y = 5,M w = 3 3 9 4 0,M w/Μ n = 2 · 5 PO :環氧丙烷,EO :環氧乙烷) t -82- 200903161 【表2】 感光性樹脂組成物 Κ1 Κ顏料分散物1 30 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 15 甲基乙基酮 34 黏結劑2 12 DPHA 液 5.4 2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[4,-(11雙乙氧 鑛基甲基胺基)-3’-溴苯基]-s-三哄 0.2 氫醌單甲基醚 0.006 界面活性劑1 0.06 含氟化合物(1 ) 3.0 單位:份 離畫壁的形成 藉由UV洗淨裝置來洗淨無鹼玻璃基板後,使用洗淨劑 刷洗乾淨,再用超純水作超音波洗淨。對該基板在1 2 0 °C 施予3分鐘熱處理,以使表面狀態安定化。 熱處理後,將玻璃基板冷卻,調溫到2 3 °C後,藉由具 有縫狀噴嘴的玻璃基板用塗布機(FAS亞洲公司製,商品名 :MH- 1 600),塗布前述感光性樹脂組成物K1。接著,在 真空乾燥裝置V C D (東京應化工公司製)中3 0秒,以將溶劑 一部分乾燥,使塗布層喪失流動性後,在1 2 0 °C預烘烤3 分鐘,形成膜厚2.3μιη的感光性樹脂組成物層Kl(感光性 -83- 200903161 樹脂層形成步驟)。 其次,使用具有超高壓水銀燈的近接型曝光機(日立高 科技電子工程(股)製),在玻璃基板與光罩(具有畫像圖案 的石英曝光光罩)成垂直豎立的狀態下,將光罩面與感光性 樹脂組成物層K1之間的距離設定在200μιη,在氮氣氣氛 下,以曝光量3 00mJ/cm2作圖案曝光(曝光步驟)。 接著,將純水從噴淋器噴嘴噴霧,以使感光性組成物 層K1的表面被均勻潤濕後,將KOH系顯像液(含有KOH 、非離子界面活性劑,商品名:CDK-1,富士軟片電子材 料(股)製)經100倍稀釋者,在扁平噴嘴壓力0.04MPa下, 於23 °C噴淋顯像80秒,以得到圖案化畫像(顯像步驟)。 然後,藉由超高壓洗淨噴嘴,在9.8MPa的壓力下噴射超 純水以去除殘渣,在大氣下以曝光量2 0 00mJ/Cm2進行後曝 光’接著在240 °C進行50分鐘的後烘烤(加熱處理步驟), 得到具有膜厚2.0μιη、光學濃度4.0、ΙΟΟμπι寬的開口部之 條帶狀黑色矩陣(離畫壁)。以下,將形成有離畫壁的玻璃 ’ 基板稱爲「附有離畫壁之基板」。 評價2 (2)潤濕性 對所得到的附有離畫壁之基板,如下述地評價潤濕性 〇 於附有離畫壁之基板的離畫壁所圍繞的凹部,使用—(CH o=co=c —(CH2-〒 Η)4〇— o=c OCH2CH2CnF2n+1 Ο(Ρ0)7Η 0(Ε0)7Η (n = 6,x = 55,y = 5, M w = 3 3 9 4 0, M w / Μ n = 2 · 5 PO : propylene oxide, EO : ethylene oxide) t -82- 200903161 [Table 2] Photosensitive resin composition Κ 1 Κ Pigment dispersion 1 30 Propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate 15 methyl ethyl ketone 34 binder 2 12 DPHA liquid 5.4 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[4,-(11 bis ethoxymethylamino) -3'-Bromophenyl]-s-triterpene 0.2 Hydroquinone monomethyl ether 0.006 Surfactant 1 0.06 Fluorinated compound (1 ) 3.0 Unit: Part of the wall of the painting is washed by a UV cleaning device After the alkali-free glass substrate is cleaned with a detergent, ultrasonic cleaning is performed with ultrapure water, and the substrate is heat-treated at 120 ° C for 3 minutes to stabilize the surface state. After the glass substrate was cooled and the temperature was adjusted to 23 ° C, the photosensitive resin composition K1 was applied by a glass substrate coater (manufactured by FAS Asia, trade name: MH-1600) having a slit nozzle. , in the vacuum drying device VCD (Tokyo should 30 minutes in a chemical company, the solvent was partially dried to lose fluidity, and then prebaked at 120 ° C for 3 minutes to form a photosensitive resin composition layer K1 having a film thickness of 2.3 μm. -83- 200903161 Resin layer forming step). Secondly, using a proximity type exposure machine (made by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Engineering Co., Ltd.) with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, on a glass substrate and a photomask (a quartz exposure mask with an image pattern) In a state in which it is vertically erected, the distance between the mask surface and the photosensitive resin composition layer K1 is set to 200 μm, and the exposure is performed at a exposure amount of 300 mJ/cm 2 in a nitrogen atmosphere (exposure step). The pure water is sprayed from the shower nozzle so that the surface of the photosensitive composition layer K1 is uniformly wetted, and then the KOH-based developing liquid (containing KOH, nonionic surfactant, trade name: CDK-1, Fuji) The film electronic material (manufactured by the film) was diluted by 100 times at a flat nozzle pressure of 0.04 MPa and sprayed at 23 ° C for 80 seconds to obtain a patterned image (development step). Then, by ultra high pressure Wash the nozzle, Ultrapure water was sprayed under a pressure of 9.8 MPa to remove the residue, and post-exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 200 00 mJ/cm 2 in the atmosphere, followed by post-baking at 50 ° C for 50 minutes (heat treatment step) to obtain a film thickness. 2.0 μιη, optical density 4.0, strip-shaped black matrix of the opening of ΙΟΟμπι wide (away from the wall). Hereinafter, the glass substrate on which the image wall is formed is referred to as "substrate with the image wall attached". Evaluation 2 (2) Wettability For the obtained substrate with the paint wall attached, the wettability was evaluated as follows, and the concave portion surrounded by the paint wall with the substrate on the paint wall was used.

Dimatix公司製的噴墨頭SE-128’在驅動電壓50V、驅動 頻率50HZ的條件下噴滴各丨滴。從著滴開始到經過2〇秒 -84- 200903161 的時間點,液滴的大小,求出1 0點的平均値’以此當作 液滴直徑。液滴直徑爲40 μιη以上的情況,係爲保持潤濕 性的較佳狀態。 於附有離畫壁之基板的離畫壁所圍繞的凹部,使用 Dimatix公司製的噴墨頭SE-I28,在驅動電壓50V、驅動 頻率50Hz的條件下,噴滴丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯各1滴 。以光學顯微觀察來計測著滴後立刻的液滴大小,求出1 0 點的平均値,以此當作液滴直徑。表3及4中顯示値。 (3)離畫壁的撥水性·撥墨性 對所得到的附有離畫壁之基板,如下述地評價撥墨性 。使用接觸角測定器(協和界面科學(股)製的接觸角計(CA-A)),將離子交換水製作成2 0刻度之大小的水試料,從針 尖滴出該水試料,藉由使接觸離畫壁的框緣部,在離畫壁 框緣部形成水滴,由接觸角計的窺視孔來觀察墨滴的形狀 ,求得2 5 °C的接觸角Θ。下述表4中顯示値。 除了於實施例5〜2 3及比較例3〜4中,對於與上述同 樣地所形成的感光性樹脂組成物層K 1,不使用光罩以外, 藉由與上述同樣的方法來曝光,然後在同樣的條件下進到 後烘烤處理(加熱處理步驟)爲止的操作,得到試驗用感光 性樹脂組成物層。之後,將此試驗用感光性樹脂組成物層 在後烘烤處理後於室溫放置冷卻1小時後,使用接觸角測 定器(協和界面科學(股)製的接觸角計,商品名:CA-A),以 前述R畫素用著色印墨組成物圍作20刻度之大小的液體 試料(印墨試料),從針尖滴出,使與試驗用感光性樹脂組 -85- 200903161 成物層接觸,而在試驗用感光性樹脂組成物層上形成R畫 素用著色印墨組成物的液滴(墨滴)。然後,由接觸角計的 窺視孔來觀察此墨滴的形狀’在2 5 °C下求得自著滴起放置 10秒後的墨滴之印墨接觸角Θ1。 又,將已測定接觸角的墨滴變更爲水滴,以同樣的程 序來測定水接觸角Θ2。 以後烘烤後的値當作評價撥水·撥墨性的指標,依照 下述評價基準來評價。容許範圍爲A等級及B等級。下述 表5及6中顯示評價結果。 評價基準 .A等級:印墨接觸角2 50°,水接觸角$ 1〇〇。 .B等級:印墨接觸角2 4 0 °,水接觸角2 9 0。 • C等級:印墨接觸角g 35°,水接觸角g 80。 • D等級:印墨接觸角< 3 5 °,水接觸角< 8 0 (4)離畫壁的基板密接性 除了準備與上述「離畫壁的形成」中相同的條件下到 完成曝光步驟爲止的3片玻璃基板,使顯像時間加長到9 0 秒、1 0 0秒、1 1 0秒,進行處理以外,在同樣的顯像條件 下作顯像處理,藉由下述評價基準,目視評價1 〇 〇 〇個畫 素部分’觀察各顯像時間離畫壁有無發生缺損。容許範圍 爲A等級及B等級。下述表5及6中顯示評價結果。 評價基準 • A等級:離畫壁完全沒有缺損。 • B等級:離畫壁有1〜2個地方缺損。 -86- 200903161 .C等級:離畫壁有3〜1 〇個地方缺損。 .D等級:離畫壁有1 1個地方以上缺損。 彩色濾光片的製作 (1)畫素用著色印墨組成物的調製 於下述的成分中’首先混合顏料 '高分子分散劑及溶 劑,使用三輥及珠磨機來得到顏料分散液。邊以溶解器等 來充分攪拌該顏料分散液’邊少量添加其它材料,以調製 紅色(R)畫素用著色印墨組成物。 紅色畫素用著色印墨組成物的組成 •顏料(C.I.顏料紅254) 5份 .高分子分散劑(商品名:S〇lsPass 24000,AVECIA公司製) 1份 •苄基甲基丙烯酸酯/甲基丙烯酸( = 7 2/2 8[莫耳比])的無規 共聚合物(分子量3.7萬,黏結劑) 3份 •酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(商品名:Epicoat 154、油化殼牌公 司製) 2份 •新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚(環氧樹脂) 5份 •偏苯三酸(硬化劑) 4份 • 3 -乙氧基丙酸乙酯(溶劑) 8 0份 再者,除了代替上述組成中的C . I.顏料紅2 5 4,使用同 量的C.I.顏料綠36以外,與R畫素用著色印墨組成物的 情況同樣地,調製綠色(G)畫素用著色印墨組成物。又,除 了代替上述組成中的C . I.顏料紅2 5 4,使用同量的C . I.顏 料藍1 5 : 6以外,與R畫素用著色印墨組成物的情況同樣地 -87- 200903161 ’調製藍色(B)畫素用著色印墨組成物。 (2)著色畫素的形成 接著’使用上述記載的R、G、B的畫素用著色印墨組 成物’於上述所得之附有離畫壁的基板之離畫壁所劃分的 區域內(離畫壁所圍繞的凹部),使用噴墨方式的記錄裝置 ’以成爲所欲的濃度爲止,進行印墨組成物的吐出,製作 由R、G、B的圖案(著色畫素)所構成的彩色濾光片。接著 ’將此彩色濾光片在2 3 0 °C烘箱中烘烤3 0分鐘,而得到離 畫壁及各畫素皆完全硬化的彩色濾光片基板。 評價3 (5)彩色濾光片的混色及/或泛白 對所得到的彩色濾光片基板,從與彩色濾光片之形成 畫素側的相反側,以2 0 0倍的光學顯微鏡來目視觀察,觀 察畫素間有無混色及/或泛白。評價係觀察1 000個畫素, 分成下述等級來進行。容許範圍爲A等級及B等級。 • A等級:完全沒有混色及/或泛白。 • B等級:在顯示周緣部見到1〜2個地方的混色及/或 泛白。 • C等級:在顯示部見到1〜2個地方的混色及/或泛白 • D等級:在顯示部見到2個地方以上的混色及/或泛白 〇 液晶顯示裝置的製作 於上述所得到的彩色濾光片基板之R畫素、G畫素、 及B畫素以及離畫壁之上,更藉由濺鍍來形成ITO(銦錫氧 88· 200903161 化物)的透明電極。測定此ITO的電阻(使用三菱化學(股) 製的電阻率測定裝置(商品名:Loresta)以四探針法來測定片 電阻),結果爲12Ω/□,顯示非常低的値。 柱狀間隔物圖案的形成 藉由與上述同樣的縫塗機,將間隔物圖案形成用的下 述感光性樹脂層用塗布液塗布在前述彩色濾光片的ITO上 ,使乾燥而形成感光性樹脂層S P 1。 感光性樹脂層用塗布液的處方s P 1 •甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯共聚物(莫耳比=20/80, 重量平均分子量40000;高分子物質) 108份 •二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 6 4.7份 聚合性單體 • 2,4-雙(三氯甲基)_6_[4,_(N,N_雙乙氧羰基甲基胺基)-3’_ 溴苯基]-s -三阱 6.24份 .氫醌單甲基醚 0.03 3 6份 •維多利亞藍(商品名:BOHM,保土谷化學公司製) 1 0.874 份 •界面活性劑(商品名:Mega fa c F780F,大日本油墨化學工 業(股)製) 0.856 份 •甲基乙基酮 3 28份 .1-甲氧基_2·丙基醋酸酯 47 5份 •甲醇 1 6.6 份 其次’隔著指定的光罩,藉由超高壓水銀燈以 3 00mJ/cm2作近接曝光。曝光後,使用κ〇Η顯像液[CDK- -89- 200903161 1(商品名)的100倍稀釋液(ρΗ = 11·8),富士軟片(股)製]溶 解去除未曝光部的感光性樹脂層。 接著,在2 3 (TC烘烤3 0分鐘,而在玻璃基板上的位於 ΙΤΟ膜上之離畫壁的上部之部分形成直徑Ι6μηι、平均高度 3.7 μιη的柱狀間隔物圖案。再於其上設置由聚醯亞胺所成 的配向膜。 液晶配向分割用突起的形成 藉由與上述同樣的縫塗機,將下述的突起用感光性樹 脂層用塗布液塗布在前述彩色濾光片基板的ΙΤΟ上,使乾 燥而形成突起用感光性樹脂層。接著,在突起用感光性樹 脂層上,使用由下述處方Ρ1所成的中間層用塗布液,設 置乾燥膜厚1.6 μιη的中間層。 突起用感光性樹脂層用塗布液的處方A •正型光阻液 5 3 . 3份 (富士軟片電子材料(股)製,商品名:FH-2413F) •甲基乙基酮 46.7份 •前述界面活性劑1 0.04份 中間層用塗布液的處方p 1 .PVA205 (聚乙烯醇,可樂麗(股)製,皂化度88%,聚合度 550) 32.2 份 •聚乙烯吡咯啶酮 1 4.9份 (ISP·日本(股)製,商品名:FK-30) *蒸餾水 5 2 4份 •甲醇 429份 -90- 200903161 其次,以光罩與突起用感光性樹脂層的表面之距離 爲100 μϊη的方式,配置近接曝光機,隔著該光罩,藉由 高壓水銀燈以照射能量1 5 0 m J / c m 2作近接曝光。然後, 由噴啉式顯像裝置,邊將2.3 8%氫氧化四甲銨水溶液在 °C噴灑基板3 0秒邊顯像,以顯像去除突起用感光性樹 層的不要部分(曝光部)。如此,在前述彩色濾光片基板 位於ITO膜上的R、G、B之畫素的上部的部分,形成 所欲形狀所圖案化的感光性樹脂層所成的突起。接著, 由將形成有該突起的彩色濾光片基板在240°C下烘烤50 鐘’而可在彩色濾光片基板上形成高度1.5μηι、縱截面 狀爲魚板狀的配向分割用突起。 再者,對於由前述所得之彩色濾光片基板,藉由組 驅動側基板及液晶材料,以製作配向分割垂直配向型液 顯示元件。具體地,作爲驅動側基板,準備排列形成 TFT與畫素電極(導電層)的TFT基板,將該TFT基板與 上述所得之彩色濾光片基板,以該TFT基板的設置有畫 電極等之側的表面、與彩色濾光片基板之形成有配向分 用突起之側的表面成相對地方式作配置,藉由前述所形 的間隔物來設置且固定間隙。藉由於該間隙內封入液晶 料,而設置有擔任影像顯示的液晶層,得到液晶胞。於 此所得到的液晶胞之兩面,黏貼 Sanritz(股)製的偏光 HLC2-2518。接著,構築冷陰極管的背光,將其配置在 晶胞之設有偏光板的側之相反側(背面側),成爲配向分 垂直配向型液晶顯示裝置。 成 超 藉 3 3 脂 的 以 藉 分 形 合 晶 有 由 素 割 成 材 如 板 液 割 -91- 200903161 評價4 (6)液晶顯示裝置的顯示不均 對由上述所製作的液晶顯示裝置,輸入灰色的試驗信 號時,目視觀察灰顯不’依照下述評價基準來評價有無發 生顯示不均。 評價基準 • A :無顯示不均,得到非常良好的顯示影f象。 • B :玻璃基板的邊緣部分有些微的不均,但對顯示部沒 、有影響,顯示影像爲良好。 • C:在顯示部見到些微的不均,但爲在實用上容許的範 圍內。 • D :在顯示部見到不均,顯示影像稍差。 • E :在顯示部看到強烈不均,顯示影像非常差。 實施例2 感光性轉印材料K 1的製作 於厚度75μιη的聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜臨時支撐體(PET : 臨時支撐體)之上,使用縫狀噴嘴來塗布由下述處方HI所 組成的熱塑性樹脂層用塗布液,使乾燥而形成熱塑性樹脂 層。接著,於該熱塑性樹脂層上,塗布由下述處方P1所 組成的中間層用塗布液,使乾燥而形成中間層。再者,塗 布實施例1所調製的感光性樹脂組成物K1,使乾燥而感光 性樹脂層。 如此地,在臨時支撐體之上,設置乾燥膜厚爲14.6Pm 的熱塑性樹脂層、乾燥膜厚爲1 · 6 μηι的中間層、及乾燥膜 -92- 200903161 厚爲2.3 μηι的感光性樹脂層’最後壓黏保護膜(厚度 的聚丙烯薄膜)。 如此地,製作由臨時支撐體、熱塑性樹脂層、中間層( 隔氧膜)和黑(K )的感光性樹脂層所一體化成的感光性轉印 材料,樣品名稱爲感光性轉印材料K 1。 熱塑性樹脂層用塗布液的處方Η 1 •甲醇 1 1 .1份 •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 6.3 6份 •甲基乙基酮 52.4份 •甲基丙烯酸甲酯/丙烯酸2-乙基己酯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲 基丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合組成比(莫耳比)=55/11.7/4.5/ 28.8,分子量=10 萬,Tg 与 70。(:) 5.83 份 •苯乙烯/丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合組成比(莫耳比)==63 /3 7,平 均分子量=1萬,Tg与100°C) 13.6份 • 2,2-雙[4-(甲烯丙醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷(新中村化 學工業(股)製) 9_1份 •前述界面活性劑1 0.5 4份 中間層用塗布液:處方P 1 .聚乙烯醇(商品名:PVA-205,可樂麗(股)製,皂化度 = 88%,聚合度 5 5 0) 32.2 份 .聚乙烯吡咯啶酮(商品名:K-30, ISP ·日本公司製) 1 4.9 份 •蒸餾水 524份 -93- 200903161 •甲醇 429份 邊藉由噴淋器將經調整到25它的玻璃洗淨劑液噴灑到 無鹼玻璃基板(以下簡稱「玻璃基板」)20秒,邊用具有耐 隆毛的回轉刷來洗淨,以純水噴淋洗淨後,藉由噴淋器來 噴灑矽烷偶合液(Ν-β (胺乙基)γ-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷0.3% 水溶液’商品名:ΚΒΜ603,信越化學工業(股)製)20秒,進 行純水噴淋洗淨。藉由基板預備加熱裝置在1 〇 加熱該 玻璃基板2分鐘。 對於所得到之矽烷偶合處理後之玻璃基板,從上述所 得之感光性轉印材料K 1去除覆蓋膜,以感光性樹脂層的 表面與玻璃基板的表面成接觸的方式,重疊去除後所露出 的感光性樹脂層與矽烷偶合處理後的玻璃基板,使用層合 機(日立工業股份有限公司製,商品名:Lamic II型),對於 玻璃基板,以橡膠輥溫度130°C、線壓lOON/cm、輸送速 度2_2m/分鐘作層合。接著,將聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜臨時 支撐體,在與熱塑性樹脂層的界面作剝離,以去除臨時支 撐體。將臨時支撐體剝離後,藉由具有超高壓水銀燈的近 接型曝光機(日立高科技電子工程股份有限公司製)’使基 板與光罩(具有畫像圖案的石英曝光光罩)成垂直豎立的狀 態’將光罩面與感光性樹脂組成物層之間的距離設定在 200 μιη >以曝光量70mJ/cm2作圖案曝光。 其次,以KOH顯像液[CDK-1(商品名,富士軟片(股)製 )的100倍稀釋液(pH=l 1.8)]來顯像’去除感光性樹脂層的 未曝光部分及其下的中間層、熱塑性樹脂層’在玻璃基板 -94- 200903161 上形成黑色矩陣圖案。接著,於大氣下藉由校準機 (aligner),自基板的表面,對基板的全面以2000mJ/cm2作 後曝光,然後在240°C進行50分鐘的後烘烤,得到光學濃 度4.0的離畫壁(附有離畫壁之基板)。 接著,與實施例1同樣地,製作彩色濾光片、液晶顯 示裝置,進行與實施例1的記載同樣的評價。下述表3及 4中顯示評價結果。 實施例3 除了於實施例2中,將感光性.樹脂組成物K 1之調製時 所用的含氟化合物(1)換成含氟化合物(2)以外,_與實施例2 同樣地,製作附有離畫壁之基板、彩色濾光片、及液晶顯 示裝置,而且進行同樣的評價。下述表3及4中顯示評價 結果。 實施例4 除了於實施例2中’將感光性樹脂組成物K1之調製時 所用的含氟化合物(1)換成含氟化合物(3)以外’與實施例2 同樣地,製作附有離晝壁之基板、彩色濾光片、及液晶顯 示裝置,而且進行同樣的評價。下述表3及4中顯示評價 結果。 比較例1 除了於實施例2中,將感光性樹脂組成物κ1之調製時 所用的含氟化合物(1)換成含氟化合物(4)以外’與實施例2 同樣地,製作附有離畫壁之基板、彩色濾光片、及液晶顯 示裝置,而且進行同樣的評價。下述表3及4中顯示評價 -95- 200903161 結果。 比較例2 除了於實施例2中,將感光性樹脂組成物κ 1之調製時 所用的含氟化合物(1)換成含氟化合物(5)以外,與實施例2 同樣地,製作附有離畫壁之基板、彩色濾光片、及液晶顯 示裝置,而且進行同樣的評價。下述表3及4中顯示評價 結果。 【表3】The ink jet head SE-128' manufactured by Dimatix Co., Ltd. sprayed droplets under the conditions of a driving voltage of 50 V and a driving frequency of 50 Hz. From the beginning of the drop to the time point of 2 sec -84-200903161, the size of the droplet, the average 値' of 10 points is obtained as the droplet diameter. When the droplet diameter is 40 μm or more, it is a preferable state in which the wettability is maintained. The propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was sprayed on the concave portion surrounded by the wall of the substrate with the wall of the painting, using an inkjet head SE-I28 manufactured by Dimatix Co., Ltd. under the conditions of a driving voltage of 50 V and a driving frequency of 50 Hz. 1 drop each. The droplet size immediately after the drop was measured by optical microscopic observation, and the average enthalpy of 10 points was obtained to obtain the droplet diameter. Tables 3 and 4 show 値. (3) Water repellency and ink repellency from the wall of the painting The ink repellency of the obtained substrate with the paint wall was evaluated as follows. Using a contact angle meter (contact angle meter (CA-A) manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.), ion-exchanged water was prepared into a water sample having a size of 20 marks, and the water sample was dropped from the needle tip by When the frame edge portion of the painting wall was touched, water droplets were formed at the edge of the frame wall, and the shape of the ink droplet was observed by the peephole of the contact angle meter to obtain a contact angle 2 of 25 °C.値 is shown in Table 4 below. In the same manner as described above, the photosensitive resin composition layer K1 formed in the same manner as described above was exposed in the same manner as described above, except that in the examples 5 to 2 and the comparative examples 3 to 4, The operation up to the post-baking treatment (heat treatment step) under the same conditions was carried out to obtain a photosensitive resin composition layer for the test. Thereafter, the test photosensitive composition layer was left to stand at room temperature for 1 hour after the post-baking treatment, and then a contact angle meter (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. contact angle meter, trade name: CA-) was used. A) A liquid sample (ink sample) having a size of 20 marks is used for the coloring ink composition of the above-mentioned R pixel, and is dropped from the needle tip to make contact with the test photosensitive resin group -85-200903161 On the test photosensitive resin composition layer, droplets (ink droplets) of the colored ink composition for R pixels were formed. Then, the shape of the ink droplet was observed by the peephole of the contact angle meter. The ink contact angle Θ1 of the ink droplet after being left for 10 seconds from the drop was determined at 25 °C. Further, the ink droplets having the measured contact angles were changed to water droplets, and the water contact angle Θ2 was measured in the same procedure. The sputum after baking was evaluated as an index for evaluating the water repellency and ink repellency, and was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The allowable range is A grade and B grade. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 5 and 6 below. Evaluation criteria .A grade: ink contact angle 2 50 °, water contact angle $ 1 〇〇. .B grade: ink contact angle 2 4 0 °, water contact angle 2 9 0. • Class C: ink contact angle g 35°, water contact angle g 80. • Class D: Ink contact angle < 3 5 °, water contact angle < 8 0 (4) Substrate adhesion from the painted wall except that the exposure is completed under the same conditions as in the above-mentioned "Formation of the painted wall" In the three glass substrates up to the step, the development time was increased to 90 seconds, 100 seconds, and 1 10 seconds, and the development process was performed under the same development conditions, and the following evaluation criteria were used. Visually evaluate 1 画 a single pixel part 'observation of each imaging time to see if there is a defect in the wall of the painting. The allowable range is A grade and B grade. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 5 and 6 below. Evaluation criteria • Class A: There is no defect at all from the wall. • Class B: 1 to 2 places are missing from the wall. -86- 200903161 .C Level: There are 3~1 defects in the painting wall. .D grade: There are more than 1 place defects in the painting wall. Production of color filter (1) Preparation of a pigmented ink composition for a pixel The following components were used: 'First mixed pigment' polymer dispersant and solvent, and a three-roll and bead mill was used to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid. While the pigment dispersion liquid was sufficiently stirred by a dissolver or the like, a small amount of other material was added to prepare a colored ink composition for red (R) pixels. Composition of colored ink composition for red pixel • Pigment (CI Pigment Red 254) 5 parts. Polymer dispersant (trade name: S〇lsPass 24000, manufactured by AVECIA) 1 part • Benzyl methacrylate/A Acrylic acid (= 7 2/2 8 [mole ratio]) random copolymer (molecular weight 37,000, binder) 3 parts • novolak type epoxy resin (trade name: Epicoat 154, manufactured by Oiled Shell Co., Ltd. 2 parts • Neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether (epoxy resin) 5 parts • Trimellitic acid (hardener) 4 parts • Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (solvent) 80 parts, in addition to In place of the C. I. Pigment Red 2 5 4 in the above composition, the same amount of CI Pigment Green 36 is used, and the green (G) pixel coloring printing is prepared in the same manner as in the case of the R pixel using the colored ink composition. Ink composition. Further, in place of the C. I. Pigment Red 2 5 4 in the above composition, the same amount of C. I. Pigment Blue 1 5 : 6 is used, and the same as in the case of the R-picture pigmented ink composition. - 200903161 'Modified blue (B) pixels with colored ink composition. (2) Formation of a coloring pixel Next, 'the coloring ink composition for a pixel of R, G, and B described above is used' in the region of the above-mentioned obtained off-paint wall of the substrate with the painting wall ( The ink jet type recording apparatus is used to discharge the ink composition to a desired concentration, and a pattern (coloring pixel) composed of R, G, and B is formed. Color filter. Then, the color filter was baked in an oven at 230 ° C for 30 minutes to obtain a color filter substrate which was completely hardened from the wall and each of the pixels. Evaluate 3 (5) color filter color mixing and / or whitening the resulting color filter substrate, from the opposite side of the color filter forming pixel side, with a 200x optical microscope Visually observe whether there is color mixing and/or whitening between pixels. The evaluation system observes 1 000 pixels and divides them into the following levels. The allowable range is A grade and B grade. • Class A: There is no color mixing and/or whitening at all. • Class B: Mixed colors and/or whitening are seen in 1 to 2 places on the periphery of the display. • Class C: Mixed color and/or whitening in 1 to 2 places on the display unit • D level: Mixed color and/or whitening liquid crystal display device of 2 or more places is seen on the display unit. On the obtained color filter substrate, R pixels, G pixels, and B pixels, and a transparent electrode on the wall of the painting, and further ITO (indium tin oxide 88·200903161) were formed by sputtering. The electric resistance of this ITO (measured by a four-probe method using a resistivity measuring apparatus (trade name: Loresta) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) was measured and found to be 12 Ω/□, which showed a very low enthalpy. In the same manner as described above, the coating liquid for a photosensitive resin layer for forming a spacer pattern is applied onto the ITO of the color filter, and dried to form a photosensitive property. Resin layer SP 1. Formulation of coating liquid for photosensitive resin layer s P 1 • Methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate copolymer (mol ratio = 20/80, weight average molecular weight 40,000; high molecular substance) 108 parts • dipentaerythritol hexaacrylic acid Ester 6 4.7 parts of polymerizable monomer • 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)_6_[4,_(N,N_bisethoxycarbonylmethylamino)-3'_bromophenyl]-s - Three wells 6.24 parts. Hydroquinone monomethyl ether 0.03 3 6 parts • Victoria blue (trade name: BOHM, manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1 0.874 parts • Surfactant (trade name: Mega fa c F780F, Dainippon Ink Chemistry Industrial (stock) system 0.856 parts • methyl ethyl ketone 3 28 parts. 1-methoxy 2 propyl acetate 47 5 parts • methanol 1 6.6 parts followed by 'specified mask, by super The high pressure mercury lamp is exposed for close proximity at 300 mJ/cm2. After the exposure, the photosensitive layer of the unexposed portion was dissolved and removed using a 100-fold dilution of κ〇Η imaging solution [CDK--89-200903161 1 (trade name) (ρΗ = 11·8), manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.] Resin layer. Next, at 2 3 (TC baking for 30 minutes, a columnar spacer pattern having a diameter of μ6 μm and an average height of 3.7 μm was formed on the portion of the glass substrate on the upper portion of the ruthenium film which was on the enamel film. The aligning film formed of the polyimine is provided. The liquid crystal alignment splitting projection is formed by applying the coating liquid for a photosensitive resin layer to be described below to the color filter substrate by the same slit coater as described above. In the enamel, a photosensitive resin layer for forming a protrusion is formed by drying. Then, a coating liquid for an intermediate layer formed by the following prescription Ρ1 is used on the photosensitive resin layer for protrusions, and an intermediate layer having a dry film thickness of 1.6 μm is provided. Prescription of the coating liquid for the photosensitive resin layer for protrusions A • Positive-type photoresist liquid 5 3 . 3 parts (made by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd., trade name: FH-2413F) • 46.7 parts of methyl ethyl ketone • The surfactant 1 0.04 part of the coating solution for the intermediate layer is p 1 .PVA205 (polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification degree 88%, degree of polymerization 550) 32.2 parts • polyvinylpyrrolidone 1 4.9 parts (ISP·Japan (share) system, Product name: FK-30) *Distilled water 5 2 4 parts •Methanol 429 parts -90- 200903161 Next, a proximity exposure machine is disposed so that the distance between the mask and the surface of the photosensitive resin layer for protrusions is 100 μϊ, The photomask is exposed by a high-pressure mercury lamp with an irradiation energy of 150 m J / cm 2 . Then, a 2.3 8% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is sprayed on the substrate at a temperature of 30 ° by a spray-type developing device. The second side image is developed to remove unnecessary portions (exposure portions) of the photosensitive tree layer for protrusions. Thus, the color filter substrate is located on the upper portion of the R, G, and B pixels on the ITO film. Forming a protrusion formed by the photosensitive resin layer patterned by the desired shape. Then, the color filter substrate on which the protrusion is formed is baked at 240 ° C for 50 minutes' on the color filter substrate A protrusion for the alignment division having a height of 1.5 μm and a fish plate shape in a longitudinal section is formed. Further, in the color filter substrate obtained as described above, the side substrate and the liquid crystal material are driven by the group to form a vertical alignment type alignment liquid. Display element. Specifically, as a drive a side substrate on which a TFT substrate and a pixel electrode (conductive layer) are formed, and the TFT substrate and the color filter substrate obtained above are provided with a surface on the side of the TFT substrate on which the electrode or the like is provided, and color The surface of the filter substrate on which the side of the alignment protrusion is formed is disposed in a relatively opposed manner, and the gap is provided by the spacer formed as described above, and the gap is fixed by the liquid crystal material in the gap. The liquid crystal layer was displayed to obtain a liquid crystal cell. On both sides of the liquid crystal cell obtained here, a polarizing HLC 2-2518 manufactured by Sanritz Co., Ltd. was adhered. Then, the backlight of the cold cathode tube is placed on the side opposite to the side on which the polarizing plate is provided on the unit cell (back side), and becomes an alignment vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device. Cheng Chao borrows 3 3 fat to divide the crystal into a crystal, and cuts into a material such as a plate liquid cut-91- 200903161. Evaluation 4 (6) Display unevenness of the liquid crystal display device for the liquid crystal display device produced by the above, input gray When the signal was tested, the visual observation was not observed. The presence or absence of display unevenness was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. Evaluation criteria • A: No display unevenness, and a very good display image. • B: The edge of the glass substrate is slightly uneven, but it does not affect the display. The image is good. • C: There is a slight unevenness in the display section, but it is within the range that is practically permissible. • D : Unevenness is seen on the display, and the displayed image is slightly worse. • E : Strong unevenness is seen on the display, and the displayed image is very poor. Example 2 The photosensitive transfer material K 1 was formed on a polyethylene terephthalate film temporary support (PET: temporary support) having a thickness of 75 μm, and was coated with a slit nozzle to be composed of the following prescription HI. The coating liquid for a thermoplastic resin layer is dried to form a thermoplastic resin layer. Then, a coating liquid for an intermediate layer composed of the following prescription P1 was applied onto the thermoplastic resin layer, and dried to form an intermediate layer. Further, the photosensitive resin composition K1 prepared in Example 1 was applied to dry the photosensitive resin layer. Thus, on the temporary support, a thermoplastic resin layer having a dry film thickness of 14.6 Pm, an intermediate layer having a dry film thickness of 1.6 μm, and a dry film-92-200903161 photosensitive resin layer having a thickness of 2.3 μm were provided. 'The final pressure-sensitive protective film (thickness polypropylene film). In this manner, a photosensitive transfer material in which a photosensitive resin layer of a temporary support, a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer (oxygen barrier film), and black (K) is integrated is prepared, and the sample name is a photosensitive transfer material K 1 . . Formulation of coating solution for thermoplastic resin layer • 1 • Methanol 1 1.1 parts • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 6.3 6 parts • Methyl ethyl ketone 52.4 parts • Methyl methacrylate / 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mole ratio) = 55 / 11.7 / 4.5 / 28.8, molecular weight = 100,000, Tg and 70. (:) 5.83 parts • styrene / acrylic acid Copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mole ratio) == 63 / 3 7, average molecular weight = 10,000, Tg and 100 ° C) 13.6 parts • 2,2-bis[4-(methallyloxy group Ethoxy)phenyl]propane (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 9_1 parts • The aforementioned surfactant 1 0.5 4 parts of coating solution for intermediate layer: prescription P 1 . Polyvinyl alcohol (trade name: PVA-205, Kuraray (s), saponification degree = 88%, degree of polymerization 5 5 0) 32.2 parts. Polyvinylpyrrolidone (trade name: K-30, ISP, manufactured by Japan) 1 4.9 parts • 524 parts of distilled water - 93 - 200903161 • Spray 429 parts of methanol to the alkali-free glass substrate (hereinafter referred to as "glass substrate") by adjusting the glass detergent liquid adjusted to 25 by a shower. Wash with a bristled brush, spray with pure water, and spray the decane coupling solution (Ν-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyltrimethoxy) with a shower. The decane 0.3% aqueous solution 'product name: ΚΒΜ603, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was washed with pure water for 20 seconds, and the glass substrate was heated at 1 Torr for 2 minutes by a substrate preparation heating device. The glass substrate after the coupling treatment is removed from the photosensitive transfer material K 1 obtained as described above, and the photosensitive resin layer exposed after the surface of the photosensitive resin layer is brought into contact with the surface of the glass substrate. For the glass substrate after the decane coupling treatment, a laminator (manufactured by Hitachi Industrial Co., Ltd., trade name: Lamic II type) was used, and the glass substrate was subjected to a rubber roller temperature of 130 ° C, a linear pressure of 10 O/cm, and a conveying speed of 2 to 2 m/ After laminating, the polyethylene terephthalate film temporary support is peeled off at the interface with the thermoplastic resin layer to remove the temporary support. After the temporary support is peeled off, by having an ultrahigh pressure The proximity type exposure machine of the mercury lamp (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Co., Ltd.) 'the substrate and the photomask (the quartz exposure mask having the image pattern) are vertically erected'. The mask surface and the photosensitive resin layer are formed. The distance between them was set to 200 μm η > and the exposure was 70 mJ/cm 2 as a pattern. Next, a 100-fold dilution of KOH imaging solution [CDK-1 (trade name, manufactured by Fujifilm)) (pH= l 1.8)] The image of the 'unexposed portion of the photosensitive resin layer and the underlying intermediate layer, thermoplastic resin layer' was formed to form a black matrix pattern on the glass substrate -94 - 200903161. Then, under the atmosphere, the surface of the substrate was post-exposed by 2000 mJ/cm 2 from the surface of the substrate by an aligner, and then post-baked at 240 ° C for 50 minutes to obtain an optical density of 4.0. Wall (with a substrate off the wall). Then, a color filter and a liquid crystal display device were produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and the same evaluation as in the description of Example 1 was carried out. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 3 and 4 below. Example 3 In the same manner as in Example 2, except that the fluorine-containing compound (1) used in the preparation of the photosensitive resin composition K 1 was replaced with the fluorine-containing compound (2), in the same manner as in Example 2, The substrate, the color filter, and the liquid crystal display device were separated from the wall, and the same evaluation was performed. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 3 and 4 below. [Example 4] In the same manner as in Example 2 except that the fluorine-containing compound (1) used in the preparation of the photosensitive resin composition K1 was replaced with the fluorine-containing compound (3) in Example 2, The substrate of the wall, the color filter, and the liquid crystal display device were evaluated in the same manner. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 3 and 4 below. Comparative Example 1 In the same manner as in Example 2, except that the fluorine-containing compound (1) used in the preparation of the photosensitive resin composition κ1 was replaced with the fluorine-containing compound (4), The substrate of the wall, the color filter, and the liquid crystal display device were evaluated in the same manner. The results of the evaluation -95-200903161 are shown in Tables 3 and 4 below. Comparative Example 2 In the same manner as in Example 2, except that the fluorine-containing compound (1) used in the preparation of the photosensitive resin composition κ 1 was replaced with the fluorine-containing compound (5), The substrate of the wall, the color filter, and the liquid crystal display device were drawn, and the same evaluation was performed. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 3 and 4 below. 【table 3】

含氟化合物(1) 熱減少率 液滴直徑 泛白 顯示不均 (%) (μιη) 實施例1 含氟化合物(1) ^ 塗布_ ηΕ 45 A B 實施例2 含氟化合物(1) 轉印 17 48 A A 實施例3 含氟化合物(2) 轉印 23 43 A B 實施例4 含氟化合物(3) 轉印 27 40 B B 比較例1 含氟化合物(4P 轉印^ 34 ' 15 D C 比較例2 含氟化合物(5) 轉印 35 13 D D 【表4】 撥墨劑 液滴直徑 撥水性 泛白 顯不不均 (μιη) (°) 實施例1 含氟化合物(1) 塗布 43 109 實施例2 含氟化合物(1) 轉印 45 114 1 A A 實施例3 含氟化合物(2) 轉印 39 110 B A 實施例4 含氟化合物(3) 轉印 28 103 B B 比較例1 含氟化合物(4) 轉印 14 92 D D 比較例2 含氟化合物(5) 轉印 11 91 D D 如前述表3及4所示地,於實施例中,黑色矩陣可具 -96- 200903161 有良好的撥墨性,同時可保持黑色矩陣間之形成著色畫素 的區域之畫素用著色印墨組成物的潤濕性’可以得到防止 泛白的發生及抑制顯示不均的高品位之影像顯示。 與其相對地,於比較例中’對於畫素用著色印墨組成 物的潤濕性係受損,無法防止泛白的發生及影像顯示時的 顯示不均之發生。 . 實施例5 • 除了於實施例1中,將含氟化合物(1)的含量從5%變更 爲1 %以外,與實施例1同樣地,調製感光性樹脂組成物 K2,製作彩色濾光片、液晶顯示裝置,而且進行同樣的評 價。下述表5中顯不評價結果。 實施例6 除了於實施例1中,將含氟化合物(1)的含量從5%變更 爲0.1 %以外,與實施例1同樣地,調製感光性樹脂組成物 K3,製作彩色濾光片' 液晶顯示裝置,而且進行同樣的評 價。下述表5中顯示評價結果。 實施例7〜1 9 除了於實施例5中,將含氟化合物(1)換成由上述所得 之本發明的含氟化合物(6)〜(18)[本發明的含氟化合物]以 外’與實施例2同樣地,調製感光性樹脂組成物K 4〜K 1 6 ’製作彩色濾光片、液晶顯示裝置,而且進行同樣的評價 。下述表5中顯示評價結果。 比較例3 除了於實施例5中’將含氟化合物(丨)換成前述比較用 -97- 200903161 的含氟化合物(1 9)以外,@ & Μ < g & ^ 與實施例5问樣地,調製咸光 樹脂組成物Κ17,製作彩色濾光片、液晶顯示裝置Γ而且 進行同樣的評價。下述表5中顯示評價結果。 比較例4 除了於實施例5中,將含氟化合物(1)換成前述比較用 的含氟化合物(20)以外,與實施例5同樣地,調製感光性 樹脂組成物Κ 1 8,製作彩色濾光片、液晶顯示裝置,進行 同樣的評價。下述表5中顯示評價結果。 -98- 200903161 【表5】Fluorine-containing compound (1) Heat reduction rate Droplet diameter whitening unevenness (%) (μιη) Example 1 Fluorine-containing compound (1) ^ Coating_ηΕ 45 AB Example 2 Fluorine-containing compound (1) Transfer 17 48 AA Example 3 Fluorine-containing compound (2) Transfer 23 43 AB Example 4 Fluorine-containing compound (3) Transfer 27 40 BB Comparative Example 1 Fluorine-containing compound (4P transfer ^ 34 ' 15 DC Comparative Example 2 Fluorine-containing Compound (5) Transfer 35 13 DD [Table 4] Inking agent droplet diameter dialing water whitening unevenness (μιη) (°) Example 1 Fluorinated compound (1) Coating 43 109 Example 2 Fluorine-containing Compound (1) Transfer 45 114 1 AA Example 3 Fluorine-containing compound (2) Transfer 39 110 BA Example 4 Fluorine-containing compound (3) Transfer 28 103 BB Comparative Example 1 Fluorine-containing compound (4) Transfer 14 92 DD Comparative Example 2 Fluorine-containing compound (5) Transfer 11 91 DD As shown in the above Tables 3 and 4, in the embodiment, the black matrix can have a good ink repellent property while maintaining black color -96-200903161 The wettability of the composition of the colored ink composition between the matrices of the color pixels can be prevented The occurrence of whitening and suppression of high-quality image display showing unevenness. In contrast, in the comparative example, the wettability of the pigmented ink composition for the pixel is impaired, and the occurrence of whitening and image cannot be prevented. In the first embodiment, the photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the content of the fluorine-containing compound (1) was changed from 5% to 1% in Example 1. In the composition K2, a color filter and a liquid crystal display device were produced, and the same evaluation was carried out. The results are not shown in the following Table 5. Example 6 Except that in Example 1, the content of the fluorine-containing compound (1) was changed from The photosensitive resin composition K3 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 5% was changed to 0.1%, and a color filter 'liquid crystal display device was produced, and the same evaluation was performed. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below. 7 to 1 9 In addition to the fifth embodiment, the fluorine-containing compound (1) was replaced with the fluorine-containing compound (6) to (18) of the present invention obtained above (the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention). 2 Similarly, the photosensitive resin group is prepared The color filter and the liquid crystal display device were produced and the same evaluation was performed. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below. Comparative Example 3 In addition to the fluorine-containing compound in Example 5 In addition to the fluorine-containing compound (1 9) of the above-mentioned comparative use -97-200903161, @ & Μ < g & ^ In the case of Example 5, the salty resin composition Κ17 was prepared to produce color filter The sheet and the liquid crystal display device were subjected to the same evaluation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below. Comparative Example 4 A photosensitive resin composition Κ 1 8 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 5 except that the fluorine-containing compound (1) was replaced with the fluorine-containing compound (20) for comparison. The same evaluation was performed on the filter and the liquid crystal display device. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below. -98- 200903161 [Table 5]

含氟化合物 撥水·撥墨性 混色 泛白 基板 密接性 顯示 不均 種類 含量 (%) 後烘烤後 印墨接觸 角Θ1 後烘烤後 水接觸角 Θ3 實施例1 ⑴ 5 A (58。) A (110。) A A B 實施例5 (1) 1 A (56。) B (105。) A A A 實施例6 (1) 0.1 B (49。) A (101。) B A A 實施例7 (6) 1 B (45。) B (99。) B A B 實施例8 (7) 1 A (50。) A (101。) A A A 實施例9 (8) 1 A (51。) A (100。) A A A 實施例10 (9) 1 B (48。) B (98。) B B A 實施例Π (10) 1 A (54。) A (103°) B A A 實施例12 (11) 1 A (60。) A (105°) A A A 實施例13 (12) 1 A (54。) A (102°) A A A 實施例14 (13) 1 A (52。) A (100。) A A A 實施例15 (14) 1 A (51。) A (100°) A A A 實施例16 (15) 1 A (52。) A (102°) A A A 實施例Π (16) 1 A (59。) A (109。) A B A 實施例18 (17) 1 A (50。) A (101。) A A B 實施例19 (18) 1 B (41。) B (97。) B B B 比較例3 (19) 1 D (34。) B (96。) C C C 比較例4 (20) 1 C (38°) A (100。) C C C *表中的含量表示對於固體成分而言的質量比。 如前述表5所示地,於實施例中,加熱處理後之離畫 壁上的撥水·撥墨性優異,混色沒有發生,基板密接性亦 -99- 200903161 良好。又,於製作液晶顯示裝置而顯示時,亦有效果地抑 制顯示不均的發生,得到顯示特性優異的影像。 與其相對地’於比較例中,加熱處理後之離畫壁上的 撥水·撥墨性差,混色防止效果係不充分,而且基板密接 性亦差。因此’於液晶顯示裝置中,顯示不均沒有發生的 影像顯示係困難。 實施例2 0 邊藉由噴淋器將經調整到2 5 °C的玻璃洗淨劑液噴灑到 無鹼玻璃基板(以下簡稱「玻璃基板」)20秒,邊用具有耐 隆毛的回轉刷來洗淨,以純水噴淋洗淨後,藉由噴淋器來 噴灑矽烷偶合液(N - β (胺乙基)γ -胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷〇 · 3 % 水溶液,商品名:ΚΒΜ603,信越化學工業(股)製)20秒,再 進行純水噴淋洗淨。洗淨後,藉由基板預備加熱裝置在 加熱該玻璃基板2分鐘。 對矽烷偶合處理後的玻璃基板,將從下述感光性轉印 材料Κ2去除覆蓋膜所露出的感光性樹脂組成物層之表面 ; ’以與該玻璃基板的表面接觸的方式作重疊,使用層合機( 商品名:LamicII型,日立工業股份有限公司製),以橡膠輥 溫度130°C、線壓100N/cm、輸送速度2.2m/分鐘作層合。 接著,將PET臨時支撐體,在與熱塑性樹脂層的界面作剝 離去除。將臨時支撐體剝離後,藉由具有超高壓水銀燈的 近接型曝光機(日立高科技電子工程股份有限公司製),使 玻璃基板與光罩(具有畫像圖案的石英曝光光罩)成垂直豎 立的狀態’將曝光光罩面與感光性樹脂組成物層之間的距 -100- 200903161 離設定在200μιη,以曝光量7〇mJ/cm2作圖案曝光。 其次,以KOH顯像液[富士軟片(股)製的CDK-1(商品 名)之1 〇 〇倍稀釋液(P H= 1 1 . 8)]來顯像,去除感光性樹脂組 成物層的未曝光部分及其下的中間層、熱塑性樹脂層’在 玻璃基板上形成圖案。接著,於大氣下藉由校準機 (aligner),自玻璃基板的圖案形成面側,對玻璃基板的全 面以2000m:T/cm2作後曝光,然後在240°C進行50分鐘的 後烘烤。藉由以上,得到光學濃度4.0的離畫壁(黑色矩陣 )° 然後,與實施例1同樣地,製作彩色濾光片、液晶顯 示裝置,而且進行與實施例1同樣的評價。下述表6中顯 示評價結果。 感光性轉印材料K2的製作 於厚度75μιη的聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜臨時支撐體(PET 臨時支撐體)之上,使用縫狀噴嘴來塗布由下述處方HI所 組成的熱塑性樹脂層用塗布液,使乾燥而形成熱塑性樹脂 層。接著,於所形成的熱塑性樹脂層上,塗布由下述處方 P 1所組成的中間層用塗布液,使乾燥而層合中間層(隔氧 膜)。再者,於該中間層上塗布由實施例8所調製的感光性 樹脂組成物K5,使乾燥而層合黑色(K)的感光性樹脂組成 物層K5。此時,感光性樹脂組成物K5中的含氟化合物(7) 對固體成分質量的比例爲1 .〇%。 如此地,在PET臨時支撐體之上,層合乾燥膜厚爲 14.6μιη的熱塑性樹脂層、乾燥膜厚爲1·6μιη的中間層、及 -101- 200903161 乾燥膜厚爲2.3 μιη的感光性樹脂組成物層,再於感光性樹 脂組成物層的表面上壓黏保護膜(厚度12μπι的聚丙烯薄膜 )’而製作由臨時支撐體/熱塑性樹脂層/中間層/感光性樹脂 組成物層Κ2所一體形成的感光性轉印材料Κ2。 熱塑性樹脂層用塗布液的處方Η1 •甲醇 1 1 . 1 份 •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 6 _ 3 6 份 •甲基乙基酮 52.4 份 .甲基丙嫌酸甲醋/丙嫌酸2 -乙基己酯/甲基丙嫌酸节醋/甲 基丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合組成比(莫耳比)=55/1丨.7/4.5/ 28.8,分子量=10 萬,Tg 与 70。(:) 5.83 份 .苯乙烯/丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合組成比(莫: 耳比)= 63/37,平 均分子量=1萬,Tg与100°c ) 1 3 · 6 份 .2,2-雙[4-(甲烯丙醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基 ]丙烷(新中村化 學工業(股)製) 9.1份 •前述界面活性劑1 0.54 份 中間層用塗布液的處方P 1 •聚乙烯醇 32.2 份 (商品名:PVA205 ’可樂麗(股)製’皂化度48%,聚合度 5 5 0) .聚乙烯吡咯啶酮 14.9 份 (ISP.日本公司製,商品名:K-30) .蒸餾水 524份 •甲醇 429份 -102- 200903161 實施例2 1〜2 3 除了於實施例2 0的感光性轉印材料之製作中’代替含 有含氟化合物(7)的感光性樹脂組成物K2 ’使用分別含有 本發明的含氟化合物(1 1 )、( 1 3 )、( 1 5)之感光性樹脂組成物 K 1 1、K 1 3、K 1 5以外,與實施例2 0同樣地,製作感光性 轉印材料K3〜5,再製作彩色濾光片、液晶顯示裝置。又 ’進行與實施例1同樣的評價,下述表6中顯示其評價結 果。 【表6】Fluorine-containing compound water-repellent and ink-repellent color mixing white substrate adhesion display uneven content content (%) post-baking ink contact angle Θ1 post-baking water contact angle Θ3 Example 1 (1) 5 A (58.) A (110.) AAB Example 5 (1) 1 A (56.) B (105.) AAA Example 6 (1) 0.1 B (49.) A (101.) BAA Example 7 (6) 1 B (45.) B (99.) BAB Example 8 (7) 1 A (50.) A (101.) AAA Example 9 (8) 1 A (51.) A (100.) AAA Example 10 ( 9) 1 B (48.) B (98.) BBA Example Π (10) 1 A (54.) A (103°) BAA Example 12 (11) 1 A (60.) A (105°) AAA Example 13 (12) 1 A (54.) A (102°) AAA Example 14 (13) 1 A (52.) A (100.) AAA Example 15 (14) 1 A (51.) A ( 100°) AAA Example 16 (15) 1 A (52.) A (102°) AAA Example Π (16) 1 A (59.) A (109.) ABA Example 18 (17) 1 A (50 A) (101.) AAB Example 19 (18) 1 B (41.) B (97.) BBB Comparative Example 3 (19) 1 D (34.) B (96.) CCC Comparative Example 4 (20) 1 C (38 °) A (100.) C C C * represents the content of the table for the mass ratio of solid content. As shown in the above Table 5, in the examples, the water-repellent and ink-repellent property on the off-paint wall after the heat treatment was excellent, the color mixture did not occur, and the substrate adhesion was also good from -99 to 200903161. Further, when the liquid crystal display device is produced and displayed, the occurrence of display unevenness is also suppressed, and an image having excellent display characteristics is obtained. On the other hand, in the comparative example, the water-repellent/inking property on the paint wall after the heat treatment was inferior, the color mixture preventing effect was insufficient, and the substrate adhesion was also inferior. Therefore, in the liquid crystal display device, it is difficult to display an image which does not occur in display unevenness. Example 2 0 A glass cleaner liquid adjusted to 25 ° C was sprayed onto an alkali-free glass substrate (hereinafter referred to as "glass substrate") by a shower for 20 seconds while using a rotary brush having a bristles resistance. After washing, washing with pure water spray, spray a decane coupling solution (N-β (amine ethyl) γ-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane 〇· 3 % aqueous solution by a shower, trade name: ΚΒΜ 603, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 20 seconds, and then washed with pure water spray. After washing, the glass substrate was heated by a substrate preparation heating device for 2 minutes. In the glass substrate after the decane coupling treatment, the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer exposed by the cover film is removed from the photosensitive transfer material Κ2 described below; 'the layer is overlapped with the surface of the glass substrate, and the layer is used. The machine (product name: Lamic II type, manufactured by Hitachi Industrial Co., Ltd.) was laminated at a rubber roll temperature of 130 ° C, a line pressure of 100 N/cm, and a conveying speed of 2.2 m/min. Next, the PET temporary support was peeled off at the interface with the thermoplastic resin layer. After the temporary support was peeled off, the glass substrate and the photomask (the quartz exposure mask having the portrait pattern) were vertically erected by a proximity type exposure machine (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Co., Ltd.) having an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. The state 'sets the distance between the exposure mask surface and the photosensitive resin composition layer to -100-200903161 to 200 μm, and exposes the pattern with an exposure amount of 7 〇 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the KOH imaging liquid [1K ( dilution (CD = 1 1.8) of CDK-1 (trade name) made by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) was used to remove the photosensitive resin composition layer. The unexposed portion and the underlying intermediate layer, thermoplastic resin layer 'form a pattern on the glass substrate. Subsequently, the entire surface of the glass substrate was post-exposed at 2000 m:T/cm 2 from the pattern forming surface side of the glass substrate by means of an aligner under the atmosphere, and then post-baked at 240 ° C for 50 minutes. In the same manner as in the first embodiment, a color filter and a liquid crystal display device were produced in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and the same evaluation as in the first embodiment was carried out. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6 below. The photosensitive transfer material K2 was formed on a polyethylene terephthalate film temporary support (PET temporary support) having a thickness of 75 μm, and a thermoplastic resin layer composed of the following prescription HI was applied using a slit nozzle. The coating liquid is dried to form a thermoplastic resin layer. Then, a coating liquid for an intermediate layer composed of the following prescription P 1 is applied onto the formed thermoplastic resin layer, and dried to laminate an intermediate layer (oxygen barrier film). Further, the photosensitive resin composition K5 prepared in Example 8 was applied onto the intermediate layer, and the photosensitive resin composition layer K5 of black (K) was dried and laminated. At this time, the ratio of the fluorine-containing compound (7) in the photosensitive resin composition K5 to the mass of the solid component was 1.% by weight. Thus, on the PET temporary support, a thermoplastic resin layer having a dry film thickness of 14.6 μm, an intermediate layer having a dry film thickness of 1.6 μm, and a photosensitive resin having a dry film thickness of 2.3 μm were laminated on -101 to 200903161. The composition layer was further formed by a temporary support/thermoplastic resin layer/intermediate layer/photosensitive resin composition layer 2 by pressure-bonding a protective film (polypropylene film having a thickness of 12 μm) on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer. The photosensitive transfer material Κ2 is integrally formed. Formulation of coating solution for thermoplastic resin layer •1 • Methanol 1 1.1 parts • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 6 _ 3 6 parts • Methyl ethyl ketone 52.4 parts. Methyl propyl sulphuric acid vinegar / propylene acid 2 -ethylhexyl ester / methyl propyl vinegar / methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mole ratio) = 55 / 1 丨. 7 / 4.5 / 28.8, molecular weight = 100,000, Tg and 70. (:) 5.83 parts. Styrene/acrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mo: ear ratio) = 63/37, average molecular weight = 10,000, Tg and 100 ° c) 1 3 · 6 parts. 2, 2- Bis[4-(methylallyloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 9.1 parts • The aforementioned surfactant 1 0.54 parts of the coating solution for the intermediate layer P 1 • 32.2 parts of polyvinyl alcohol (trade name: PVA205 'Kelly's saponification degree 48%, degree of polymerization 550). Polyvinylpyrrolidone 14.9 parts (ISP. Japan company, trade name: K-30 Distilled water 524 parts • Methanol 429 parts -102- 200903161 Example 2 1~2 3 In addition to the preparation of the photosensitive transfer material of Example 20, 'replaces the fluorine-containing compound (1) The photosensitive resin composition K2' contains photosensitive resin compositions K11, K13, and K1 which respectively contain the fluorine-containing compounds (1 1 ), (1 3 ), and (15) of the present invention. In the same manner as in Example 20, the photosensitive transfer materials K3 to 5 were produced, and a color filter or a liquid crystal display device was produced. The same evaluation as in Example 1 was carried out, and the following Table 6 shows Evaluation results. [Table 6]

含氟化合物 撥水.撥墨性 混色· 泛白 基板 密接性 顯示 不均 種 類 含量 (%) 後烘烤後 印墨接觸角Θ1 後烘烤後 水接觸角Θ3 實施例20 ⑺ 1 A (52。) A (101。) A A A 實施例21 (11) 1 A (58。) A (103。) A A A 實施例22 ---— (13) 1 A (53。) A (101。) A A A 實施例23 (15) 1 A (53。) A (102。) A A A 如前述表6所示地,於實施例中,加熱處理後的離畫 壁上之撥水•撥墨性優異,混色沒有發生,基板密接性亦 良好。又’製作液晶顯示裝置而顯示時,亦有效果地抑制 顯示不均的發生’得到顯示特性優異的影像。 【圖式簡單說明】 第1圖係用於說明本發明中的離畫壁上面、離畫壁側 面、基板上的凹部等之彩色濾光片的截面圖。 -103- 200903161 【主要 元件 符 號 1 離 畫 壁 2 著 色 畫 3 凹 部 4 離 畫 壁 5 離 畫 壁 6 基 板 說明】 素(著色區域) 上面 側面Fluorine-containing compound water-repellent. Ink-repellent color mixing · Whitening substrate adhesion shows uneven content content (%) Post-baking ink contact angle Θ1 Post-baking water contact angle Θ3 Example 20 (7) 1 A (52. A (101.) AAA Example 21 (11) 1 A (58.) A (103.) AAA Example 22 ---- (13) 1 A (53.) A (101.) AAA Example 23 (15) 1 A (53.) A (102.) AAA As shown in the above Table 6, in the examples, the water-repellent/ink-removing property on the paint wall after the heat treatment is excellent, and the color mixture does not occur, the substrate The adhesion is also good. Further, when a liquid crystal display device is produced and displayed, it is also effective to suppress the occurrence of display unevenness, and an image having excellent display characteristics is obtained. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view for explaining a color filter such as a top surface of a drawing wall, a side surface of a drawing wall, and a concave portion on a substrate in the present invention. -103- 200903161 [Main component symbol 1 Off the painting wall 2 Color painting 3 Concave part 4 Off the painting wall 5 Off the painting wall 6 Base plate Description] Prime (colored area) Upper side

Claims (1)

200903161 十、申請專利範圍: 1 · 一種感光性樹脂組成物,其含有引發劑 化合物、及含氟化合物,在1 5 0 °C保持 氟化合物的熱減少率爲3 0質量%以下。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項之感光性樹脂組 氟化合物含有在側鏈具有氟原子的重複 具有丙烯酸連結鏈。 3 _如申請專利範圍第1項之感光性樹脂組 氟化合物含有在側鏈具有氟原子的重複 式(1)所示的重複單位: 、乙烯性不飽和 30分鐘時,該含 成物,其中該含 單位,主鏈構造 成物,其中該含 單位、及下述通200903161 X. Patent application scope: 1 . A photosensitive resin composition containing an initiator compound and a fluorine-containing compound, and maintaining a heat reduction rate of a fluorine compound at 30 ° C for 30% by mass or less. 2. The photosensitive resin group according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the fluorine compound contains a repeating chain having a fluorine atom in a side chain. 3 _ The photosensitive resin group fluorine compound according to the first aspect of the patent application includes a repeating unit represented by the repeating formula (1) having a fluorine atom in a side chain: when the ethylenic unsaturated is 30 minutes, the content is The unit includes a main chain structure, wherein the unit and the following 通式 通式(1)中,R1表示氫原子或碳數1〜5 氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜 數2〜5的烷醯基;L1表示單鍵、或2 X表示氯原子、溴原子、或碘原子; 基、2價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧羰基。 的院基;R2表不 1 0的芳基、或碳 價有機連結基; 且,Y表示伸芳 -105- 200903161 4.如申請專利範圍第3項之感光性樹脂組成物’其中該在 側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位係具有3個以上的氟原子。 5 .如申請專利範圍第3項之感光性樹脂組成物,其中該通 式(1)所示的重複單位係下述通式(2)所示的重複單位:In the general formula (1), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a C 1 to 5 hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkylene group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms; and L1 represents a single bond, or 2 X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom; a group, a divalent heterocyclic residue, a carbonyl group, or an oxycarbonyl group. R2 represents an aryl group of 10 or a carbon-valent organic linking group; and Y represents an aromatic-105-200903161 4. A photosensitive resin composition as in the third claim of the patent application 'where the side is The repeating unit having a fluorine atom in the chain has three or more fluorine atoms. 5. The photosensitive resin composition of claim 3, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2): 通式⑵ 通式(2)中,R1表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的烷基;R2表示 氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜10的芳基、或碳 數2〜5的烷醯基;Z1表示酯基、或醯胺基;L2表示單 鍵、或2價有機連結基;X表示氯原子、溴原子、或碘 原子;且,Y表示伸芳基、2價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧 羰基。 6.如申請專利範圍第3項之感光性樹脂組成物,其中該胃 式(1)所示的重複單位係下述通式(3)所示的重複單位: -106- 200903161In the formula (2), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; and R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon number; 2 to 5 alkyl alkene; Z1 represents an ester group or a guanamine group; L2 represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking group; X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom; and Y represents an extended aryl group, A divalent heterocyclic residue, a carbonyl group, or an oxycarbonyl group. 6. The photosensitive resin composition of claim 3, wherein the repeating unit represented by the stomach formula (1) is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3): -106- 200903161 通式(3) Z2—Y—CH—XR2 通式(3)中’ R1表示氫原子或碳數1〜5的烷基;R2表示 氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數6〜10的芳基、或碳數 2〜5的烷醯基;Z2表示單鍵、伸芳基、或2價雜環殘 基;X表示氯原子、溴原子、或碑原子;且,γ表示伸 芳基、2價雜環殘基、羰基、或氧羰基。 7 _如申g靑專利範圍第2項之感光性樹脂組成物,其中該在 側鏈具有氟原子的重複單位係具有碳數4〜7的氟烷基之 重複單位。 8 .如申請專利範圍第3項之感光性樹脂組成物,其中該通 式(1)中的L1係含有酯鍵及醯胺鍵中至少1個的2價有 機連結基。 9 ·如申請專利範圍第3項之感光性樹脂組成物,其中該通 式(1)中的L1係單鍵、伸芳基或2價雜環殘基。 1 〇 .如申請專利範圍第1項之感光性樹脂組成物,其中該含 氟化合物係更具有具酸性基的重複單位。 -107- 200903161 1 1 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之感光性樹脂組成物’其中對於 總固體成分質量而言,該含氟化合物的含量爲0.1質量 %〜1 〇質量%。 1 2 . —種感光性轉印材料,其係在臨時支撐體上具有使用如 申請專利範圍第1項之感光性樹脂組成物之感光性樹脂 層。 13· —種離畫壁之形成方法,其具有: "使用如申請專利範圍第1至11項中任一項之感光性 樹脂組成物、或如申請專利範圍第1 2項之感光性轉印 材料來形成感光性樹脂層, 將該感光性樹脂層曝光, 將經曝光的該感光性樹脂層顯像,及 將由該顯像所得之圖案畫像加熱處理。 1 4 . 一種離畫壁,其係由如申請專利範圍第1 3項之離畫壁 〇 之形成方法所形成。 15. —種附有離畫壁之基板,其具備基板、及在該基板上由 如申請專利範圍第1 3項之離畫壁之形成方法所形成的 離畫壁。 1 6 ·如申請專利範圍第1 5項之附有離畫壁之基板,其在依 照眾所周知的基板玻璃表面之潤濕性試驗方法作測定 時’該離畫壁之壁上面的水接觸角爲60。以上,於該基 板之形成有離畫壁的側之基板面中,無形成離畫壁的部 -108- 200903161 分在滴下丙二醇單甲基醚單醋酸酯後立即的液滴直徑爲 20μιη以上。 1 7. —種彩色濾光片之製法,其具有在經如申請專利範圍第 1 4項之離畫壁所劃分的基板上之凹部,給予著色液體 組成物以形成著色區域的步驟。 1 8 .如申請專利範圍第1 7項之彩色濾光片之製法,其中該 著色液體組成物的給予,係藉由噴墨法來吐出著色液體 組成物的液滴而進行。 1 9 . 一種彩色濾光片,其係由如申請專利範圍第1 8項之彩 色濾光片之製法所製作。 2 0 . —種顯示裝置,其具備如申請專利範圍第1 9項之彩色 濾光片。 -109-General formula (3) Z2—Y—CH—XR2 In the formula (3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6 An aryl group of ~10 or an alkano group having a carbon number of 2 to 5; Z2 represents a single bond, an extended aryl group, or a divalent heterocyclic residue; X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or a monument atom; and γ represents An aryl group, a divalent heterocyclic residue, a carbonyl group, or an oxycarbonyl group. The photosensitive resin composition of the second aspect of the invention, wherein the repeating unit having a fluorine atom in the side chain has a repeating unit of a fluoroalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms. 8. The photosensitive resin composition of claim 3, wherein the L1 in the formula (1) contains at least one of a divalent organic linking group of an ester bond and a guanamine bond. 9. The photosensitive resin composition of claim 3, wherein the L1 in the general formula (1) is a single bond, an extended aryl group or a divalent heterocyclic residue. The photosensitive resin composition of claim 1, wherein the fluorine-containing compound further has a repeating unit having an acidic group. -107-200903161 1 1 The photosensitive resin composition of claim 1 wherein the content of the fluorine-containing compound is 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass based on the total solid content. A photosensitive transfer material comprising a photosensitive resin layer using the photosensitive resin composition of the first aspect of the patent application on the temporary support. A method for forming a paint wall, comprising: "using a photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or a photosensitive transfer according to item 12 of the patent application; The photosensitive resin layer is formed by a printing material, the photosensitive resin layer is exposed, the exposed photosensitive resin layer is developed, and the pattern image obtained by the development is heat-treated. 1 4. An off-paint wall formed by a method of forming a paint wall 第 according to item 13 of the patent application. A substrate having a painting wall attached thereto, comprising a substrate, and a drawing wall formed on the substrate by a method of forming a drawing wall as in the first aspect of the patent application. 1 6 · If the substrate of the painting wall is attached to the wall of the painting, in the case of the wettability test method according to the well-known substrate glass surface, the water contact angle above the wall of the painting wall is 60. As described above, in the substrate surface on the side of the substrate on which the wall is formed, there is no portion which forms the image-removing wall -108-200903161, and the droplet diameter immediately after dropping the propylene glycol monomethyl ether monoacetate is 20 μm or more. A method of producing a color filter comprising the step of applying a colored liquid composition to form a colored region in a concave portion on a substrate divided by a drawing wall as disclosed in claim 14 of the patent application. The method of producing a color filter according to the seventh aspect of the invention, wherein the coloring liquid composition is applied by ejecting a droplet of the colored liquid composition by an inkjet method. A color filter produced by the method of producing a color filter according to claim 18 of the patent application. A display device comprising a color filter according to claim 19 of the patent application. -109-
TW97106174A 2007-02-27 2008-02-22 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, separation wall and method of producing the same, substrate with separation wall, color filter and method of producing the same, and display apparatus TW200903161A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007047393A JP2008208253A (en) 2007-02-27 2007-02-27 Resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and its forming method, color filter and method for producing the same, and display device
JP2007092892A JP2008250102A (en) 2007-03-30 2007-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, pixel barrier and method for forming the same, substrate with pixel barrier, color filter and method for producing the same, and display device
JP2007093706A JP2008250155A (en) 2007-03-30 2007-03-30 Substrate with barrier and manufacturing method thereof, color filter and manufacturing method thereof, and display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200903161A true TW200903161A (en) 2009-01-16

Family

ID=39720972

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW97106174A TW200903161A (en) 2007-02-27 2008-02-22 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, separation wall and method of producing the same, substrate with separation wall, color filter and method of producing the same, and display apparatus

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20090123848A (en)
TW (1) TW200903161A (en)
WO (1) WO2008105129A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5507938B2 (en) * 2008-10-01 2014-05-28 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display
KR101624714B1 (en) * 2014-12-22 2016-05-26 주식회사 토비스 a etching method of display panel for manufacturing a curved display device

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS58193501A (en) * 1982-05-07 1983-11-11 Daikin Ind Ltd Optical material
US4525423A (en) * 1982-10-13 1985-06-25 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fluorochemical copolymers and ovenable paperboard and textile fibers treated therewith
JPS61174202A (en) * 1985-01-29 1986-08-05 Mitsubishi Yuka Fine Chem Co Ltd Production of water-soluble photopolymer
JP2711853B2 (en) * 1988-05-17 1998-02-10 三菱レイヨン株式会社 Production method of transparent mixed resin composition
JP2651700B2 (en) * 1988-05-17 1997-09-10 三菱レイヨン株式会社 Transparent mixed resin composition
JP2007326904A (en) * 2006-06-06 2007-12-20 Fujifilm Corp Not-true spherical macromolecular fine particle, method for producing the same, inkjet ink composition containing the fine particle, planographic printing plate using the composition and method for producing the same, electrophoretic particle composition containing the fine particle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2008105129A1 (en) 2008-09-04
KR20090123848A (en) 2009-12-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201111907A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2008249867A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, pixel partition wall and method for forming the same, color filter and method for manufacturing the filter, and display device
US20090231521A1 (en) Method for producing partition wall for color filter, substrate with partition wall for color filter, color filter for display element, and display device
KR20080070809A (en) Photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and method for forming same, optical device and method for producing same, and display
TW201415162A (en) Coloring composition for color filter, color filter using the same, and liquid crystal display device
TW200910005A (en) Photosensitive composition, photosensitive resin transfer film, and method for producing a photospacer, and substrate for a liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device
JP2008266414A (en) Resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and its forming method, color filter and its preparation, and display device
TW200848441A (en) Fluorine-containing compound, resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, separating wall and formation method thereof, color filter and production method thereof, and display device
JP2008033229A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and method for producing the same, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and display device
JPWO2007111356A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and method for forming the same, optical element and method for manufacturing the same, and display device
JP2009069589A (en) Image forming method
JP5013913B2 (en) Method for forming photosensitive resin film for separating wall, photosensitive transfer material, substrate with separating wall, color filter, manufacturing method thereof, and display device
JP5008590B2 (en) Image forming method, color filter, and display device
TW200903161A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, separation wall and method of producing the same, substrate with separation wall, color filter and method of producing the same, and display apparatus
JP2008107779A (en) Photosensitive transfer material, rib and method for forming the same, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and display device
JP2008208253A (en) Resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and its forming method, color filter and method for producing the same, and display device
JP2008216497A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, black matrix and method for forming the same, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and display device
JPWO2006112439A1 (en) Color filter manufacturing method, color filter, liquid crystal display element, and liquid crystal display device
JP2013228705A (en) Method for manufacturing color filter substrate, color filter substrate, and display device
JP2008203786A (en) Photosensitive composition for color filter, photosensitive transfer material, black matrix, its forming method, color filter, its manufacturing method, and display device
JP2009132782A (en) Polymer compound and its manufacturing method, resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, pixel separation wall and its manufacturing method, color filter and its manufacturing method and display device
JP2007127814A (en) Method of manufacturing partition wall, substrate and color filter with partition wall produced by using method of manufacturing partition wall, display device having color filter, and method of manufacturing optical element using method of manufacturing partition wall
JP2008250102A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, pixel barrier and method for forming the same, substrate with pixel barrier, color filter and method for producing the same, and display device
JP2007156028A (en) Color filter and manufacturing method thereof, and display device with color filter
JP5068603B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and method for forming the same, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and display device